WO2007119600A1 - Carbazole compound - Google Patents

Carbazole compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007119600A1
WO2007119600A1 PCT/JP2007/057016 JP2007057016W WO2007119600A1 WO 2007119600 A1 WO2007119600 A1 WO 2007119600A1 JP 2007057016 W JP2007057016 W JP 2007057016W WO 2007119600 A1 WO2007119600 A1 WO 2007119600A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
groups
group
optionally substituted
lower alkyl
phenyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/057016
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2007119600A9 (en
Inventor
Takeshi Kuroda
Takahito Yamauchi
Tomoichi Shinohara
Kunio Oshima
Chiharu Kitajima
Hitoshi Nagao
Hironobu Ishiyama
Kazuhide Ohta
Masaaki Takano
Takumi Sumida
Original Assignee
Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. filed Critical Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
Publication of WO2007119600A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007119600A1/en
Publication of WO2007119600A9 publication Critical patent/WO2007119600A9/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a carbazole compound .
  • TFF trefoil factor family
  • TFF2 Three TFF peptides (TFFl, TFF2 and TFF3) have been identified so far in humans.
  • TFFs are present in mucus-related tissues such as the alimentary tract, and are secreted mainly by mucus- secreting cells.
  • the expression of TFF peptides is up- regulated in the vicinity of damaged mucosa and in regenerating glands.
  • TFF peptides lie in the augmentation of cell migration processes (motogenic effects) , protection of cells, and suppression of apoptosis [Nature Reviews, Molecular Cell Biology, Vol. 4: 721-732(2003)].
  • TFF2 is a peptide of 106 amino acid residues, initially isolated from porcine pancreas.
  • the TFF2 peptide is abundant in the gastric mucous neck cells, the pyloric region of the stomach, the mucosa surrounding ulcers, the regenerative mucosa, the overlying mucus layer, Brunner's glands, and so forth.
  • TFF2 prevents the development of colitis and gastric ulceration and also accelerates the healing thereof
  • TFF2 might be involved in regulating the proliferation of damaged airway epithelia.
  • TFF2 plays key roles in protection against and repair of mucosal injury. With regard to diseases which are likely to be cured with
  • TFF2 improved therapeutic effects are expected by a promotion of endogenous TFF2 production.
  • Gastroenterology, 126: 796-808(2004) discloses that
  • TFF3 is effective for curing alimentary tract mucositis such as stomatitis induced by the administration of carcinostatics .
  • TFF2 may act in a similar way as TFFl and TFF3.
  • PPART peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor- T
  • KGF keratinocyte growth factor
  • TFF peptides themselves, and suggest the possibility of their application in clinical medicine (WO92/14837, WO02/102403, WO01/002377 and WO02/051409 disclose various compounds having a substituent containing a 2,4-dioxo- thazolidinyl or 4-oxo-2-thioxo-thiazolidinyl moiety on a heteroaryl skeleton such as a quinoline. These documents also disclose that such compounds exhibit telomerase inhibitory activity.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a novel compound capable of up-regulating TFF.
  • the present inventors carried out extensive research to develop a novel compound capable of up-regulating endogenous TFF, and as a result, they found that compounds of the following formula (1) can up-regulate endogenous TFF, particularly TFF2.
  • the present invention has been accomplished based on these findings.
  • A is a direct bond, a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group
  • X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • R 1 is one of the following (1-1) to (1-21) : (1-1) a hydrogen atom, (1-2) a lower alkyl group,
  • a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) , lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, -(B)iNR 6 R 7 groups, a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups, 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups
  • a pyridyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; piperidinyl groups; a morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group ,>and lower alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; phenylthio lower alkyl groups; biphenyl groups; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; lower alkoxy groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one
  • a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups, (1-21) a naphthylsulfonyl group;
  • R 2 is one of the following (2-2) to (2-6) : (2-2) a lower alkoxy group, (2-3) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups,
  • n is an integer from 0 to 7, provided that when n is no less than 2, n R 2 S may be the same or different;
  • R 3 is one of the following (3-1) to (3-6) : (3-1) a hydrogen atom, (3-2) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups,
  • (3-3) a hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl group
  • (3-4) a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group
  • (3-5) a carboxy lower alkyl group
  • (3-6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group
  • B is a carbonyl group or an -NHCO- group; 1 is 0 or 1;
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represent one of the following (4-1) to (4-6) : (4-1) a hydrogen atom,
  • a phenyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; lower alkylthio groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups; pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups; piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; lower alkenyl groups; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group; carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups; phenyl lower alkoxy groups; and a cyan
  • Item 2 The compound according to Item 1 or a salt thereof, wherein A is a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group;
  • X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • R 1 is the following (1-1), (1-2), (1-3), (1-4), (1- 6), (1-10), (1-13), (1-16), (1-17), (1-18), (1-19), (1-20), or (1-21) : (1-1) a hydrogen atom,
  • a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionaly substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) , lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, - (B) iNR 6 R 7 groups, a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups, 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl group
  • a pyridyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; piperidinyl groups; a morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; phenylt ⁇ io lower alkyl groups; biphenyl groups; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; lower alkoxy groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or more
  • a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups, (1-21) a naphthylsulfonyl group;
  • R 2 is the following (2-2) or (2-3) :
  • n is an integer from 0 to 2, provided that when n is 2, n R 2 S may be the same or different;
  • R 3 is the following (3-1) or (3-2) : (3-1) a hydrogen atom,
  • B is a carbonyl group or an -NHCO- group;
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represent the following (4-1), (4-4), (4-5), or (4-6) : (4-1) a hydrogen atom, (4-4) a phenyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; lower alkylthio groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups; pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups; piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; lower alkenyl groups; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group;
  • Item 3 The compound or a salt thereof according to Item 1 having one of the following formula:
  • Item 4 The compound or a salt thereof according to Item 3, wherein A is a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group.
  • Item 5 The compound or a salt thereof according to Item 4, wherein X is an oxygen atom or an sulfur atom.
  • Item 6 The compound or a salt thereof according to Item 5, wherein R 1 is
  • a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionaly substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups), lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, - (B) iNR 6 R 7 groups (wherein B,l, R 6 , and R 7 are each the same as defined in item 1) , a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups, 3-pyrrolinylcarbon
  • a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups.
  • Item 8 The compound according to Item 6, wherein R 2 is lower alkoxy group and n is 1.
  • Item 9 A pharmaceutical composition comprising as an active ingredient the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Item 1.
  • a prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for a disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect comprising as an active ingredient the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Item 1.
  • Item 11 The prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent according to Item 10, wherein the disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect is an alimentary tract disease, oral disease, upper respiratory tract disease, respiratory tract disease, eye disease, cancer, or wound.
  • Item 12 A use of the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Item 1 for manufacturing a prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for a disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect.
  • Item 13 A method for preventing and/or treating a disorder on which TFF up-regulation has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Item 1.
  • Item 14 The disorder on which TFF up-regulation has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect identified in either one of Items 10 to 13 is drug-induced u>lcers, peptic gastric ulcers, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's diseases, drug-induced enteritis, ischemic colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcers developed after endoscopic demucosation, acute gastritis, chronic gastritis, reflux esophagitis, esophageal ulcer,
  • Barrett esophagus gastrointestinal mucositis, hemorrhoidal diseases, stomatitis, Sjoegren syndrome, xerostomia, rhinitis, pharyngitis, bronchial asthma, chronic obstructive lung diseases, dry eye, or keratoconjunctivitis.
  • a prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for alimentary tract diseases, oral diseases, upper respiratory tract diseases, respiratory tract diseases, eye diseases, cancers, or wounds the agent comprising a compound that induces the production of TFF.
  • TFF identified in either one of Items 10 to 15 is TFF2.
  • lower alkylene groups include straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkylene groups, such as methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 2, 2-dimethylethylene, 2 , 2-dimethyltrimethylene, 1-methyltrimethylene, methylmethylene, ethylmethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, etc.
  • lower alkylidene groups include straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkylidene groups, such as methylidene, ethylidene, propylidene, butylidene, pentylidene, hexylidene, etc.
  • lower alkyl groups include straight or branched Ci-e alkyl groups, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, ⁇ -pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, zi-hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2- ethylbutyl, etc.
  • Ci-e alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, ⁇ -pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, zi-hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2- ethylbutyl, etc.
  • phenyl groups (optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) include phenyl groups optionally substituted with one or two phenyl groups, such as phenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) phenylphenyl, 2,3- diphenylphenyl, etc.
  • lower alkoxy groups include straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkoxy groups, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, ⁇ -butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, sec- butoxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, neopentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, isohexyloxy, 3-methylpentyloxy, etc.
  • halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • lower alkoxycarbonyl groups include alkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci- 6 alkoxy group, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n- butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, sec- butoxycarbonyl, n-pentyloxycarbonyl, neopentyloxycarbonyl, n- hexyloxycarbonyl, isohexyloxycarbonyl, 3- methylpentyloxycarbonyl, etc.
  • phenyl lower alkoxy groups include phenylalkoxy groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkoxy group, such as benzyloxy, 2- phenylethoxy, 1-phenylethoxy, 3-phenylpropoxy, 4-phenylbutoxy, 5-phenylpentyloxy, ⁇ -phenylhexyloxy, 1, l-dimethyl-2- phenylethoxy, 2-methyl-3-phenylpropoxy, etc.
  • piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups include piperidinylalkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkoxy group, such as [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] methoxycarbonyl, 2- [(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethoxycarbonyl, 1- [(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethoxycarbonyl, 3- [(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] propoxycarbonyl, 4-
  • cycloalkyl groups include C 3 - 8 cycloalkyl groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc.
  • amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups include: amino-substituted alkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci- 6 alkoxy group, optionally substituted with one or two C 3 - 8 cycloalkyl groups; such as aminomethoxycarbonyl , 2-aminoethoxycarbonyl, cyclopropylaminomethoxycarbonyl, 2- cyclohexylaminoethoxycarbonyl, 1- cyclobutylaminoethoxycarbonyl, 3- cyclopentylaminopropoxycarbonyl, 4- cycloheptylaminobutoxycarbonyl, 5- cyclooctylaminopentyloxycarbonyl, 6- cyclohexylaminohexyloxycarbonyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- cyclohexylaminoethoxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-3-
  • lower alkylthio groups include straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkylthio groups such as methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, tert- butylthio, n-pentylthio, D-hexylthio, etc.
  • Examples of 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups include 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one to three lower alkylthio groups, such as (1-, 2-, A-, or 5-) 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-methylthio- (1-, A-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-ethylthio- (1-, A-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 4-propylthio- (1-, 2-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 5-isopropylthio- (1-, 2-, or 4-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-n-butylthio- (1-, 4-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-n-pentylthio- (1-,
  • 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups include 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one to three straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl groups, such as (1-, 2-, or 3- ) 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2-methyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2-ethyl-(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 3-propyl- (1-, 2-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 4-isopropyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 5-n-butyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2-n-pentyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-
  • Examples of thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group includes (2-, 3-, A-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, 2-phenyl- (3-, A-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, 3-phenyl- (2-, A-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, 4-phenyl- (2-, 3-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, 5-phenyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, etc.
  • piperidinyl lowers alky1 groups include piperidinylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl group, such as [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] methyl, 2-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] propyl, 4-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] butyl, 5-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] hexyl, l,l-dimethyl-2-[ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 2- methyl-3- [ (1-,
  • anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups include anilinoalkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two straight and/or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl groups, such as anilinomethyl, N-methylanilinomethyl, N-ethylanilinomethyl, N-n-propylanilinomethyl, N- isopropylanilinomethyl, IV-.n-butylanilinomethyl, N-sec- butylanilinomethyl, N-tert-butylanilinomethyl, N-n- pentylanilinomethyl, N-n-hexylanilinomethyl, 2-anilinoethyl, 2-(N-methylanilino)ethyl, 2- (N-ethylanilino) ethyl, 2-(N-n- propylanilino) ethyl, 2- (W-isopropylanilino)
  • phenylthio lower alkyl groups include phenylthioalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl group, such as phenylthiomethyl, 2- phenylthioethyl, 1-phenylthioethyl, 3-phenylthiopropyl, A- phenylthiobutyl, 5-phenylthiopentyl, ⁇ -phenylthiohexyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-phenylthioethyl, 2-methyl-3-phenylthiopropyl, etc.
  • indolinyl lower adkyl groups include indolinylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci- 6 alkyl group, such as [ (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6 ⁇ , or 7-) indolinyl] methyl, 2-[(l-, 2-, 3- , 4-, or 5-) indolinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, ' 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] ethyl, 3-[(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] propyl, 4-[(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] butyl, 5-[(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] pentyl, 6-[(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl
  • piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups include piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one to three straight and/or branched Ci_ 5 alkyl groups, such as (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-methyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, l-ethyl-(2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, l-n-propyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-n-butyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, l-n-pentyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, l-n-hexyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1, 2-dimethyl- (3-, 4-, 5-, or
  • lower alkylsulfinyl groups include straight and branched Ci- 6 alkylsulfinyl groups, such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, n-propylsulfinyl, isopropylsulfinyl, n-butylsulfinyl, isobutylsulfinyl, tert- butylsulfinyl, sec-butylsulfinyl, n-pentylsulfinyl, isopentylsulfinyl, neopentylsulfinyl, n-hexylsulfinyl, isohexylsulfinyl, 3-methylpentylsulfiny ⁇ L, etc.
  • Ci- 6 alkylsulfinyl groups such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, n-
  • lower alkylsulfonyl groups include straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl sulfonyl groups, such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, isobutylsulfonyl, tert- butylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl, ⁇ -pentylsulfonyl, isopentylsulfonyl, neopentylsulfonyl, n-hexylsulfonyl, isohexylsulfonyl, 3-methylpentylsulfonyl, etc.
  • phenyl lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) ; lower alkyl groups; lower alkoxy groups; halogen atoms; - (B) iNR ⁇ R 7 groups; a nitro group; a carboxy group; lower alkoxycarbonyl groups; a cyano group; phenyl lower alkoxy groups; a phenoxy group; piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups; amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups; 2- imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2- imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups; 3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups;
  • cycloalkyl lower alkyl groups include C 3 - 8 cycloalkylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched C ⁇ - 6 alkyl group, such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-cyclopropylethyl, 1- cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, 3-cyclopentylpropyl, 4- cyclohexylbutyl, 5-cycloheptylpentyl, 6-cyclooctylhexyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-methyl-3-cyclopropylpropyl, etc.
  • phenoxy lower alkyl groups include phenoxy alkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched C 1 - 6 alkyl group, such as phenoxymethyl, 2- phenoxyethyl, 1-phenoxyethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, 4-phenoxybutyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2-phenoxyethyl, 5-phenoxypentyl, 6-phenoxyhexyl, 1-phenoxyisopropyl, 2-methyl-3-phenoxypropyl, etc.
  • naphthyl lower alkyl groups include naphthylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl group, such as (1- or 2-) naphthylmethyl, 2-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl, 1-[(1- or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl, 3-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] propyl, 4-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] butyl, 5-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] pentyl, 6-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] hexyl, l,l-dimethyl-2-[ (1- or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [ (1- or 2-) naphthyl] propyl, etc.
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl group such as (1- or 2-) naphthylmethyl, 2-[(l- or 2-)
  • lower alkoxy lower alkyl groups include alkoxyalkyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkoxy group and the alkyl. ⁇ noiety is a straight or branched Ci-e alkyl group, such as methoxymethyl, 2- methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 3-n-butoxypropyl, 4-n-propoxybutyl, l-methyl-3-isobutoxypropyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- n-pentyloxyethyl, 5-n-hexyloxypentyl, 6-methoxyhexyl, 1- ethoxyisopropyl, 2-methyl-3-methoxypropyl, etc.
  • carboxy lower alkyl groups include carboxyalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl group, such as carboxymethyl, 2- carboxyethyl, 1-carboxyethyl, 3-carboxypropyl, 4-carboxybutyl, 5-carboxypentyl, ⁇ -carboxyhexyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2-carboxyethyl, 2-methyl-3-carboxypropyl, etc.
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl group such as carboxymethyl, 2- carboxyethyl, 1-carboxyethyl, 3-carboxypropyl, 4-carboxybutyl, 5-carboxypentyl, ⁇ -carboxyhexyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2-carboxyethyl, 2-methyl-3-carboxypropyl, etc.
  • lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl groups include alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkoxy group and the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl group, such as methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2- methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 1- ethoxycarbonylethyl, 3-methoxycarbonylpropyl, 3- ethoxycarbonylpropyl, 4-ethoxycarbonylbutyl, 5- isopropoxycarbonylpentyl, ⁇ -n-propoxycarbonylhexyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-n-butoxycarbonylethyl, 2-methyl-3-tert- butoxycarbonylpropyl, 2- ⁇ -pentyloxycarbonylethyl, n- hexyloxycarbonylmethyl, etc.
  • Examples of “piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups” include: piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one to three members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and straight and branched Ci-6 alkyl groups; such as (1- or 2-) piperazinyl, 4-methyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-ethyl-(l-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-n- propyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-tert-butyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-sec-butyl- (1-, 2-, or,; 3-)piperazinyl, 4-n- butyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-n-pentyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazin
  • thienyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include thienyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as (2- or 3-) thienyl, 2-chloro- (3-, 4-, or 5-) thienyl, 4- bromo-(2-, 3-, or 5-) thienyl, 5-flu ⁇ ro- (2-, 3-, or 4-) thienyl, 3-iodo-(2-, 4-, or 5-) thienyl, 2, 3-dichloro- (4- or 5-) thienyl, 2, 4, 5-trichloro-3-thienyl, 2-fluoro- (3-, 4-, or 5-) thienyl, etc.
  • thienyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms such as (2- or 3-) thienyl, 2-chloro- (3-, 4-, or 5-) thienyl, 4- bromo-(2-, 3-, or 5-)
  • phenyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include phenyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as phenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) chlorophenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) fluorophenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) bromophenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) iodophenyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) dichlorophenyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) difluorophenyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) dibromophenyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) diiodophenyl, (2,3,4-, 2,3,5-, 2,3,
  • lower alkyl groups substituted with one or more halogen atoms include straight or branched C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl groups substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, fluoromethyl, iodomethyl, difluoromethyJ., dibromomethyl, 2- chloroethyl, 2,2, 2-trif:-uoroethyl, 2, 2, 2-trichloroethyl, 3- chloropropyl, 2, 3-dichloropropyl, 4, 4, 4-trichlorobutyl, 4- fluorobutyl, 5-chloropentyl, 3-chloro-2-methylpropyl, 5- bromohexyl, 5, ⁇ -dibromhexyl, etc.
  • halogen atoms such as, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, fluoromethyl, iodomethyl
  • p ⁇ ridylamino groups examples include (2-, 3-, or
  • Examples of py r j>.dylcarbonylamino groups include (2-, 3-, or 4-)pyridylcar 7 jbony_ ⁇ amino groups.
  • on the amino group- with one or two lower alkyl groups include anilino groups optionally substituted On the amino group with one or two straight and/or branched Ci- 6 alkyl groups, such as anilino, N-methylanilino, i ⁇ 7-ethylanilino, i ⁇ 7-n-propylanilino, N-isopropylanilino, I ⁇ Hn-butylanilino, N-sec-butylanilino, N- tert-butylanilino, jtf-n-pentylanilino, AHn-hexylanilino, etc.
  • anilino such as anilino, N-methylanilino, i ⁇ 7-ethylanilino, i ⁇ 7-n-propylanilino, N-isopropylanilino, I ⁇ Hn-butylanilino, N-sec-butylanilino, N- tert-but
  • pyridyl lower alkyl groups include . pyridylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci-e alkyl group, such ass[(2-, 3-, or 4- ) pyridyl]mejifiyl, 2-[(2-, 3-, or -4-) ' pyridyl] ethyl, l-[(2-, 3-, ⁇ Qr 4-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] propyl, 4- [(2-, " 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] butyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- [ (2-, 3-, or 4- ) pyridyl] ethyl-, 5- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] pentyl, 6- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl]hexyl, l-
  • pyridyl lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; piper.idinyl groups,- a morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperizine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; phenylthio lower alkyl groups; biphenyl groups; lower alky.l groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; lower alkoxy groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two
  • cyano lower alkyl groups include cyanoalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci- 6 alkyl group, such as cyanomethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 1-cyanoethyl, 3-cyanopropyl, 4-cyanobutyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- cyanoethyl, 5-cyanopentyl, 6-cyanohexyl, 1-cyanoisopropyl, 2- methyl-3-cyanopropyl, etc.
  • quinolyl lower alkyl groups include quinolylalkyl groups wherein- the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci- 6 alkyl group, such as [ (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] methyl, 2- [(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] ethyl, l-[(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] ethyl, 3- [(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] propyl, 4-[(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] butyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- [ (2-., 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] ethyl, 5-[(2-, -3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8
  • lower alkoxy lower alkoxy-substituted lower alkyl groups include alkoxyalkoxy-substituted alkyl groups wherein each of the two alkoxy moieties is a straight or branched C ⁇ - 6 alkoxy group and the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl group, such as methoxymethoxymethyl, 2- (methoxymethoxy) ethyl, 1- (ethoxymethoxy) ethyl, 3- (2-n-butoxyethoxy) propyl, 4-(3- ⁇ - propoxypropoxy) butyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- (4r ⁇ - pentyloxybutoxy) ethyl, 5- (5- ⁇ -hexyloxypentyloxy)pentyl, 6-(6- methoxyhexyloxy)hexyl, 1-ethoxymethoxyisopropyl, 2-methyl-3- (2-methoxyethoxy) propyl,
  • hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl groups include straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl groups substituted with one to three hydroxy groups, such as hydroxymethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2,3- dihydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 3, 4-dihydroxybutyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-hydroxyethyl, ' 5-hydroxypentyl, ⁇ -hydroxyhexyl, 3, 3-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl, 2-methyl-3-hydroxypropyl, 2, 3, 4-trihydroxybutyl, etc.
  • lower alkanoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include straight and branched Ci_ 6 alkanoyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, hexanoyl, chloroacetyl, dibromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, 3- chloropropionyl, • 4-fluorobutyryl, 5-bromopentanoyl, 6- chlorohexanoyl, etc.
  • Ci_ 6 alkanoyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, hexanoyl, chloroacetyl, di
  • lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include alkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight ' or branched Ci_ 6 alkoxy group optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as, in addition to the above- described lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, trifluoromethoxycarbonyl, trichloromethoxycarbonyl, chloromethoxycarbonyl, bromomethoxycarbonyl, fluoromethoxycarbonyl, iodomethoxycarbonyl, difluoromethoxycarbonyl, dibromomethoxycarbonyl, 2- chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2, 2, ' 2-trifluoroethoxycarbonyl, 2,2,2- trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 3-chloropropoxycarbonyl, 2,3- dichloropropoxycarbonylj 4, 4, 4-trichlorobutoxycarbonyl, 4- fluorobutoxycarbonyl, 4-
  • lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkoxy groups optionally ' substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as, in addition to the above- described lower alkoxy groups, trifluoromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, chloromethoxy, bromomethoxy, fluoromethoxy, iodomethoxy, difluoromethoxy, dibromomethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy, 2,2, 2-trifluoroethoxy, 2, 2, 2-trichloroethoxy, 3-chloropropoxy, 2, 3-dichloropropoxy, 4, 4, 4-trichlorobutoxy, 4-fluorobutoxy, 5-chloropentyloxy, 3 ⁇ chloro-2-methylpropoxy, 5-bromohexyloxy, 5, ⁇ -dibromohexyloxy, etc.
  • lower alkanoyl groups include straight or branched C ⁇ - 6 alkanoyl groups, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, hexanoyl, etc.
  • lower alkanoyl amino groups include amino groups substituted with one or two straight and/or • branched Ci_ 6 alkanoyl groups, such as formylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, butyrylamino, isobutyrylamino, pentanoylamino, tert-butylcarbonylamino, hexanoylamino, N,N- diacetylamino, N-acetyl-Itf-propionylamino, etc. .
  • phenylsulfonyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoy amino groups include: phenylsulfonyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or two members selected from the group
  • halogen atoms the above-described lower alkyl groups " optionally substituted with one t;o three halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, the above-described lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one to three
  • naphthylsulfonyl groups examples include (1- or 2-) naphthylsulfonyl groups.
  • lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups include straight or branched Ci_ 6 alkyl groups optionally; substituted with one to three phenyl groups, such as, in addition to the above- described lower alkyl groups, phenylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2, 2, 2-triphenylethyl, 3- phenylpropyl, 2, 3-diphenylpropyl, 4, 4, 4-triphenylbutyl, 4- phenylbutyl, 5-phenylpentyl, ⁇ -phenylhexyl, 5, ⁇ -diphenylhexyl, etc.
  • carboxy lower alkoxy groups include carboxyalkoxy groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci- 6 alkoxy group, such as carboxymethoxy, 2- carboxyethoxy, 1-carboxyethoxy, 3-carboxypropoxy, 4- carboxybutoxy, 5-carboxypentyloxy, 6-carboxyhexyloxy, 1,1- dimethyl-2-carboxyethoxy, 2-methyl-3-carboxypropoxy, etc.
  • lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy groups include alkoxycarbonylalkoxy groups wherein each of the two alkoxy moieties is a straight or branched Ci- 6 alkoxy group, such as methoxycarbonylmethoxy, ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, 2-methoxycarbonylethoxy, 2-ethoxycarbonylethoxy, 1- ethoxycarbonylethoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylpropoxy, 3- ethoxycarbonylpropoxy, 4-ethoxycarbonylbutoxy, 5- isopropoxycarbonylpentyloxy, 6- ⁇ -propoxycarbonylhexyloxy, 1, l-dimethyl-2-n-butoxycarbonylethoxy, 2-methyl-3-tert- butoxycarbonylpropoxy, 2- ⁇ -pentyloxycarbonylethoxy, n- hexyloxycarbonylmethoxy, etc.
  • amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups include amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of straight and branched Ci_ 6 alkyl groups and straight and branched Ci_ 6 alkanoyl groups, such as amino, methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino, n-butylamino, tert-butylamino, n-pentylamino, n-hexylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, di-n-propylamino, di-n-butylamino, di-ii-pentylamino, di- ⁇ -hexylamino, ⁇ J-methyl N-ethylamino, l ⁇ J-ethyl-N-.n-propylamino, N-methyl-N-n- buty
  • Examples of pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups include pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or two oxo groups, such as (1-, 2-, or 3-) pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-(l-, 3-, 4-, or 5-) pyrrolidinyl, 2,5-dioxo(l- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl, etc.
  • piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups include piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one to three straight and/or branched C ⁇ - ⁇ alkyl groups, such as (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-methyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, l-ethyl-(2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-n-propyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-)piperidinyl, 1-isopropyl- (2-, 3- or 4-) piperidinyl, l-n-butyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-n-pentyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-n- hexyl-(2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1, 2-dimethyl- (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinyl,
  • lower alkenyl groups include straight or branched C ⁇ -e alkenyl groups containing one to three double bonds, such as vinyl, 1-propenyl, 1-methyl-l-propenyl, 2- methyl-1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 1-butenyl, 3- butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 1-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1,3- butadienyl, 1, 3-pentadienyl, 2-pentene-4-yl, 2-hexenyl, 1- hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 3, 3-dimethyl-l- propenyl, 2-ethyl-l-propenyl, 1, 3, 5-hexatrienyl, 1,3- hexadienyl, 1, 4-hexadienyl, etc.
  • carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups include carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or two straight and/or branched Ci-6 alkyl groups, such as carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl, n-propylcarbamoyl, isopropylcarbamoyl, n- butylcarbamoyl, tert-butylcarbamoyl, n-pentylcarbamoyl, n- hexylcarbamoyl, dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, di-n- propylcarbamoyl, di-n-butylcarbamoyl, di-n-pentylcarbamoyl, di-n-hexylcarbamoyl, N-methyl-I ⁇ J-ethylcarbamoyl
  • phenyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; lower alkylthio groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups; pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups; piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; lower alkenyl groups; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group; carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups; phenyl lower alkoxy groups; and a cyano group
  • cycloalkyl groups optionally substituted on the cycloalkyl ring with one or more lower alkyl groups include C 3 - 8 cycloalkyl groups optionally substituted on the cycloalkyl ring with one to three straight and/or branched Ci- 6 alkyl groups, such as, in addition to the above-described cycloalkyl groups, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 1- methylcyclopentyl, 1-methylcyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 1- methylcyclobutyl, 1-ethylcyclooctyl, 1-ii-propylcycloheptyl, 1, 2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 1, 4, 5-trimethylcyclooctyl, 1-n- butylcyclopropyl, 1-n-pentylcyclopentyl, l-n-hexylcyclohexyl, etc.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be produced according to, for example, Reaction Schemes 1 to 9. All the starting materials and target compounds shown in Reaction Schemes 1 to 9 may be in the form of suitable salts. Examples of such salts are as described for the compound of Formula (1) below. Reaction Scheme 1
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X, and n are as defined above, R 15 is a hydrogen atom or lower alkyl group, and A 4 represents a direct bond or lower alkylene group, provided that the total number of carbon atoms of the group substituting the carbazole skeleton, i.e., -CH (R 15 ) -A 4 -, is no greater than 6.
  • the reaction of Compound (2) with Compound (3) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound or acid.
  • solvents usable herein are aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme and diglyme; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride; lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol and ethylene glycol; aliphatic acids such as acetic acid; acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride; esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; acetonitrile; pyridine; dimethyl sulfoxide; ⁇ N
  • Examples of basic compounds are carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogenca ⁇ bonate and cesium carbonate; metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide; sodium hydride; potassium hydride; potassium; sodium; sodium amide; metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate, sodium ethylate and sodium n-butoxide; piperidine, pyridine, imidazole, N- ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, JV-methylmorpholine, 1,5- diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (DBU), 1,4- diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), and other organic bases and mixtures thereof.
  • metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydrox
  • acids examples include organic acids such as p- toluenesulfonic acid and other sulfonic acids, and acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid and other aliphatic acids; inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, and phosphoric acid; and mixtures thereof.
  • a basic compound and an acid may be used in combination.
  • Basic compound or acid is usually used in a catalytic amount, and preferably about 0.01 to about 1 mol, per mol of Compound (2) .
  • Compound (3) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably about 1 to about 2 mol, per mol of Compound (2) .
  • the reaction is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 200 0 C, and preferably about room temperature to about 150 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 20 hours.
  • Compound (Ia) is carried out, for example, either without a solvent or in a suitable solvent, in the presence of a reducing agent .
  • solvents usable herein are water, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol and ethylene glycol, acetonitrile, aliphatic acids such as formic acid and acetic acid, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme and diglyme, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride, N,N- dimethylformamide, mixtures of such solvents, etc.
  • reducing agents are mixtures of silicon dioxide and pyridine compounds such as diethyl 1,4-dihydro- 2, 6-dimethyl-3, 5-pyridinedicarboxylate; sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxy borohydride, aluminium lithium hydride, and other hydride reducing agents; mixtures of such hydride reducing agents; palladium black, palladium carbon, platinum oxide, platinum black, Raney nickel, and other catalytic hydrogenation reducing agents; etc.
  • a suitable reaction temperature is usually about room temperature to about 200 0 C, and preferably about room temperature to about 150 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 50 hours.
  • the pyridine compound is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 3 ruol, per mol of Compound (Ia) .
  • Silicon dioxide is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 10 mol, per mol of Compound (Ia) .
  • a suitable reaction temperature is usually about -80 to about 100 0 C and preferably about -80 to about 70 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 30 minutes to about 60 hours.
  • the hydride reducing agent is usually used in an amount of about 0.1 to about 20 mol, and preferably about 0.1 to about 6 mol, per mol of Compound (Ib).
  • lithium borohydride when used as a hydride reducing agent, it is preferable to use diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme, diglyme, and other ethers, and benzene, toluene, xylene, and other aromatic hydrocarbons as solvents.
  • Amine such as pyridine, trimethylamine, triethylamine and JV- ethyldiisopropylamine; inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide; and/or ligand such as dimethylglyoxime, 2,2'- bipyridyl and 1, 10-phenanthroline may be added to the reaction system of the reaction.
  • cobalt compounds such as cobalt (II) chloride, cobalt (III) chloride and cobalt (II) acetate may be added to the reaction system of the reaction in the presence of amine such as pyridine, trimethylamine, triethylamine and IV-ethyldiisopropylamine; inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide; and/or ligand such as dimethylglyoxime, 2, 2' -bipyridyl and 1, 10-phenanthroline.
  • amine such as pyridine, trimethylamine, triethylamine and IV-ethyldiisopropylamine
  • inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide
  • ligand such as dimethylglyoxime, 2, 2' -bipyridyl and 1, 10-phenanthroline.
  • the reaction is usually carried out at about -30 to about 100 0 C, and preferably about 0 to about 100 0 C, in a hydrogen atmosphere of about atmospheric pressure to about 20 atm, and preferably about atmospheric pressure to about 10 atm, or in the presence of formic acid, ammonium formate, cyclohexene, hydrazine hydrate, or like hydrogen donor.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 1 to about 12 hours.
  • the catalytic hydrogenation reducing agent is usually used in an amount of about 0.01 to about 5 times, and preferably about 1 to about 3 times, the weight of Compound (Ia) .
  • solvents usable herein are water, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 2- methoxyethanol, monoglyme and diglyme, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol and ethylene glycol, aliphatic acids such as acetic acid, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, .WVN-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, mixed solvents of such solvents, etc.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such
  • Examples of basic compounds are carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate and cesium carbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, potassium, sodium, sodium amide, metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate, sodium ethylate and sodium ⁇ -butoxide, sodium acetate, piperidine, pyridine, imidazole, I ⁇ J-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, N- methylmorpholine, DBN, DBU, DABCO, other organic bases, and mixtures thereof.
  • metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide
  • metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate, sodium ethylate and sodium ⁇ -butoxide, sodium acetate,
  • Basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least about 1 mol, and preferably about 1 to about 3 mol, per mol of Compound (4) .
  • Compound (5) is usually used in an amount of at least about 1 mol, and preferably about 1 to about 2 mol, per mol of Compound (4) .
  • the reaction is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 200 0 C, and preferably about room temperature to about 150°C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 10 hours.
  • acids usable in acid-treating the reaction product are inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, and the like. Such acids are usually used in a large excess relative to the reaction product to be treated.
  • solvents usable in the acid treatment include those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (4) with Compound (5) above.
  • the acid treatment is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 200 0 C, and preferably about room temperature to about 15O 0 C.
  • the acid treatment is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 30 hours.
  • R 1 , R 2 , X, A, Xi, and n are as defined above; and R 3a is a group other than a hydrogen atom as defined in connection with R 3 above.
  • reaction of Compound (Ie) and Compound (7) is carried out in a suitable inert solvent in the presence of a basic compound.
  • inert solvents usable herein are aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 2- methoxyethanol, monoglyme and diglyme, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol and ethylene glycol, aliphatic acids such as acetic acid, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, iV,I ⁇ J-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, mixed solvents of such solvents, etc.
  • Examples of basic compounds are carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate and cesium carbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, potassium, sodium, sodium amide, metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate, sodium ethylate, sodium ii-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide and potassium tert-butoxide, pyridine, imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, t.,rimethylamine, dimethylaniline, iV-methylmorpholine, DBN, DBU, DABCO, other organic bases, and mixtures thereof.
  • metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide
  • metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate, sodium ethylate
  • Basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 10 mol, ' per mol of Compound (Ie) .
  • Compound (7) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 10 mol, per mol of Compound (Ie) .
  • the reaction is usually carried out at about 0 to about 200 0 C, and preferably 0 to about 150 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 5 minutes to about 80 hours.
  • Sodium iodide, potassium iodide, or like alkali metal halide compound may be introduced into the reaction system of the reaction.
  • R 2 , R 3 , X, A, X 1 , and n are as defined above, and R la is a group other than a hydrogen atom as defined in connection with R 1 .
  • R 2 , R 3 , X, A, and n are as defined above;
  • R lb is a group as defined in (1-9) in connection with R 1 above;
  • R lc is a group as defined in (1-8) in connection with R 1 above.
  • the reaction to produce Compound (Im) from Compound (11) is carried out by hydrolyzing Compound (11) .
  • This hydrolysis reaction is performed, for example, either in a suitable solvent or without a solvent, in the presence of an acid or basic compound.
  • Examples of usable solvents are water, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and tert- butanol, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, monoglyme and diglyme, aliphatic acids such as acetic acid and formic acid, esters such as methyl acetate and ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, dimethyl sulfoxide, iV,-V-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, mixed solvents of such solvents, etc.
  • lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and tert- butanol
  • ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone
  • acids are mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrobromic acid; and organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and other sulfonic acids. Such acids may be used ⁇ singly or as a combination of two or more such acids.
  • Examples of basic compounds are carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate and potassium hydrogencarbonate; metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide; etc. Such basic compounds may be used singly or as a combination of two or more such compounds .
  • the hydrolysis reaction advantageously proceeds usually at about 0 to about 200 0 C, and preferably about 0 to about 150 0 C. The reaction is usually finished in about 10 minutes to about 30 hours.
  • the reaction for producing Compound (11) from Compound (Im) can be carried out by reacting Compound (Im) with a compound represented by the formula
  • Conditions usually selected for esterification reactions are applicable to the reaction. For example, it may be carried out in the presence of one or more mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, etc, and/or one or more halogenating agents such as thionyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus trichloride, etc.
  • Compound (50) is used in a large excess relative to Compound (Im) .
  • the reaction advantageously progresses usually at about 0 to about 150 0 C, and preferably about 50 to about 100 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 1 to about 10 hours.
  • R 2 , R 3 , X, A, and n are as defined above;
  • R ld is a group as defined in (1-3) in connection with R 1 above except for having at least one lower alkoxycarbonyl group on the phenyl ring;
  • -R le is a group as defined in (1-3) in connection with R 1 above except for having at least one carboxy group on the phenyl ring.
  • reaction for producing Compound (Iv) from Compound (Iu) is carried out under the same conditions as described in connection with the reaction for producing Compound (Im) from Compound (11) shown in Reaction Scheme 5 above .
  • R 2 , R 3 , X, A, and n are as defined above;
  • R lk is a group as defined in (1-3) in connection with R 1 above except for having at least one nitro group on the phenyl ring;
  • R 11 is a group as defined in (1-3) in connection with R 1 above except for having at least one amino group on the phenyl ring.
  • the reaction for producing Compound (Ice) from v- Compound (lbb) can be carried out by, for example, (1) reducing Compound (lbb) in a suitable solvent using a catalytic hydrogenation reducing agent, or (2) reducing Compound (lbb) in a suitable inert solvent using as a reducing agent a mixture of an acid with a metal or metal salt, a mixture of a metal or metal salt with an alkali metal hydroxide, sulfide, or ammonium salt, or the like.
  • examples of usable solvents are water, acetic acid, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and cyclohexane, ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether and diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, aprotic polar solvents such as IV ⁇ -lV-dimethylformamide, mixtures of such solvents, etc.
  • examples of usable catalytic hydrogenation reducing agents include palladium, palladium black, palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum, platinum oxide, copper chromite, Raney nickel, etc.
  • Reducing agent is usually used in an amount of about 0.02 times to equal to the weight of Compound (lbb) .
  • the reaction temperature is usually about -20 to about 150 0 C, and preferably about 0 to about 100 0 C.
  • the hydrogen pressure is usually about 1 to 10 atm.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 100 hours.
  • An acid such as ⁇ hydrochloric acid may be introduced into the reaction system of the reaction.
  • alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide
  • a sulfide such as ammonium sulfide, aqueous ammonia, or an ammonium ' salt such as ammonium chloride, or the like
  • inert solvents are y ; ater, acetic acid,
  • v- alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane, mixtures of such solvents, etc.
  • Conditions for the reduction reaction can be suitably selected according to the reducing agent to be used. For example, when a mixture of tin (II) chloride and hydrochloric acid is used as a reducing agent, it is advantageous to carry out the reaction at about 0 to about 150 0 C for about 0.5 to about 10 hours.
  • Reducing agent is used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and usually about 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (lbb) .
  • R 2 , R 3 , X, A, and n are as defined above;
  • R lm is a group as defined in (1-10) in connection with R 1 above except for having at least one halogen atom on the pyridine ring;
  • R ln is a group as defined in (1-10) in connection with R 1 above except for having on the pyridine ring at least one member selected from piperidinyl groups; morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; and anilino groups optionally substituted caa the amino group with one or more lower alkyl groups;
  • R lD is a group as defined in (1-10) in connection with R 1 above except for having at least one member selected from thienyl groups optionally having one or more halogen atoms, phenyl groups optionally having one or more halogen atoms, pyridyl groups and biphenyl groups;
  • R 19 is a piperidinyl group; morpholino group; piperazinyl group optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; anilino group optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; pyridylamino group; or pyridylcarbonylamino group;
  • R 20 is a thienyl group optionally having one or more halogen atoms, phenyl group optionally having one or more halogen atoms, pyridyl group, or biphenyl group;
  • M is an alkali metal such as lithium, potassium, sodium or the like, -MgXi (Xi is as defined above) , -ZnXi (Xi is as defined above), or -B(OH) 2 ;
  • Y is a lower alkyl group;
  • reaction of Compound (ldd) with Compound (21) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound and a catalyst.
  • solvents and basic compounds usable herein include those that are usable in the reaction of
  • catalysts are bis (tributyltin) /bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium, R- tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, S- tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, palladium (II) acetate, and other palladium compounds; R-2, 2' -bis (diphenylphosphino) - l,l'-binaphthyl (.R-BINAP), S-2, 2' -bis (diphenylphosphino) - l,l'-binaphthyl (S-BINAP), RAC-2, 2" -bis f ⁇ (diphenylphosphino) - l,l'-binaphthyl (# ⁇ C-BINAP) , 2,2- bis (diphenylimidazolidinylid
  • Basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 2 mol, per mol of Compound (ldd) .
  • Catalyst is used in a typical catalytic amount relative to Compound (ldd).
  • Compound (21) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 2 mol, per mol of Compound (ldd) .
  • the reaction is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 200°C, and preferably about room temperature to about 150 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 20 hours.
  • the reaction of Compound (ldd) with Compound (22a) or (22b) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound and a catalyst.
  • Solvents usable herein include, in addition to water, those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above.
  • Basic compounds usable herein include those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above.
  • catalysts examples include tetrakis (triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) , dichlorobis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) , and other palladium compounds.
  • Basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (ldd)
  • Catalyst is usually used in a>n amount of 0.001 to 1 w mol, and preferably 0.01 to 0.5 mol, per mol of Compound (Idd) .
  • Compound (21) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (Idd).
  • the reaction is usually carried out at about -30 to about 200 0 C, and preferably about 0 to about 150 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 20 hours.
  • R 1 , R 3 , X, A, and Xi are as defined above;
  • R 2a is a group as defined in (2-2), (2-4), and (2-5) in connection with R 2 above; and
  • R 21 is a lower alkyl group; carboxy lower alkyl group; or lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group.
  • R 2 , R Xi, and n are as defined above.
  • reaction for producing, from Compound (34) , Compound (2c) wherein R ,15 is a hydrogen atom, and the reaction for producing, from Compound (35), Compound (2d) wherein R 15 is a hydrogen atom, are carried out, in a suitable solvent in the presence of a catalyst, by separately reacting Compound (34) and Compound (35) with a compound represented by
  • Xi(X 2 )CHOR 24 (52) wherein Xi is as defined above, X 2 is a halogen atom, and R 24 is a lower alkyl group.
  • Solvents usable herein include those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (Idd) with Compound (22) shown in Reaction Scheme 8 above.
  • catalysts are titanium tetrachloride and other titanium compounds; tin (IV) chloride and other tin compounds; aluminium chloride and other aluminium compounds; etc.
  • Catalyst is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (34) or (35) .
  • Compound (52) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, f vper mol of Compound (34) or (35) .
  • the reaction is usually carried out at about 0 to about 7O 0 C, and preferably about 0 to about 50 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 1 minute to about 24 hours.
  • the reaction for producing, from Compound (34), Compound (2c) wherein R 15 is a hydrogen atom, and the reaction for producing, from Compound (35) , Compound (2d) wherein R 15 is a hydrogen atom can be carried out, in the presence of a halogenating agent and an acid, by separately reacting Compound (34) and Compound (35) with p-formaldehyde and then hexamethylenetetramine.
  • halogenating agents usable herein are hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, etc.
  • acids are sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and other inorganic acids; p-toluenesulfonic acid, formic acid, acetic acid, and other organic acids; and mixtures of such acids.
  • Halogenating agent and acid are usually used in large excess.
  • p-Formaldehyde is usually used in an amount at least 0.1 times, and preferably 0.1 times to equal to, Compound (34) or (35) .
  • Hexamethylenetetramine is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of compound (34) or (35) .
  • the reaction is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 150 0 C, and preferably about room temperature to about 100 0 C.
  • the reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 10 hours.
  • Compound (2c) wherein R 15 is a hydrogen atom and the reaction for producing, from Compound (35) , Compound (2d) wherein R 15 is a hydrogen atom can be carried out, in a suitable solvent in the presence of an acid, by separately reacting Compound (34) and Compound (35) with hexamethylenetetramine. These reactions are generally galled Duff reactions.
  • v- Acids usable herein are those that are preferably used in
  • Duff reactions for example, acetic acid, boric acid/anhydrous glycerol, trifluoroacetic acid, r ⁇ ethanesulfonic acid, etc.
  • Acid is usually used in an amount at least equimolar, and preferably equimolar to a large excess, per mol of Compound (34) or (35) .
  • Solvents usable herein include those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (Idd) with Compound (22) shown in Reaction Scheme 8 above.
  • the reactions are usually carried out at about room temperature to about 200 0 C, and preferably about room temperature to about 15O 0 C.
  • the reactions are usually finished in about 0.5 to about 10 hours.
  • Compound (2c) wherein R 15 is a lower alkyl group and Compound (2d) wherein R 15 is a lower alkyl group are produced by separately reacting, in a suitable solvent in the presence of an acid, reacting Compound (34) and Compound (35) with a compound represented by XiCOR 15a (53) wherein Xi is as described above and R 15a is a lower alkyl group.
  • Lewis acids usable herein include any Lewis acids typically used in such Friedel-Crafts reactions, and examples are aluminium chloride, zinc chloride, iron chloride, tin (IV) chloride, boron tribromide, boron trifluoride, concentrated sulfuric acid, etc.
  • Examples of usable solvents are carbon disulfide, nitrobenzene, chlorobenzene, and other aromatic hydrocarbons; dichloromethane, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, tetrachloroethane, and other halogenated hydrocarbons; nitroethane, nitromethane, and other aliphatic nitro compounds; mixed solvents of such solvents; etc.
  • Lewis acid is usually used in an amount of 1 to 6 mol per mol of compounds (34) or (35) .
  • Compound (53) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (34) or (35) .
  • the reactions are usually carried out at about 0 to about 150 0 C, and preferably about 0 to about 100 0 C.
  • the reactions are usually finished in about 0.5 to about 25 hours.
  • the reaction of Compound (34) with Compound (10) and the reaction of Compound (2c) with Compound (10) are carried out under the same conditions as described in connection with the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above.
  • Each of the objective compounds obtained according to the above reaction schemes can be isolated and purified from the reaction mixture by, for example, after cooling the reaction mixture, performing an isolation procedure such as filtration, concentration, extraction, etc., to separate a crude reaction product, and then subjecting the crude reaction product to a usual purification procedure such as column chromatography, recrystallization, etc.
  • the compound of Formula (1) according to the present invention includes stereoisomers and optical isomers, and solvents such as hydrate, etc.
  • those having a basic group or groups can easily form salts with common pharmaceutically acceptable acids.
  • acids include hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and other inorganic acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartric acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, lactic acid and other organic acid, etc.
  • those having an acidic group or groups can easily form salts by reacting with pharmaceutically acceptable basic compounds.
  • basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, etc.
  • Such pharmaceutical preparations are obtained by formulating the compound of the present invention into usual pharmaceutical preparations, using usually employed diluents or excipients such as fillers, extenders, binders, wetting agents, disintegrants, surfactants, lubricants, etc.
  • compositions can be selected from various forms according to the purpose of therapy. Typical examples include tablets, pills, powders, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules, capsules, suppositories, injections (solutions, suspensions, etc.) and the like.
  • any of various known carriers can be used, including, for example, lactose, white sugar, sodium chloride, glucose, urea, starch, calcium carbonate, kaolin, crystalline cellulose and other excipients; water, ethanol, propanol, simple syrup, glucose solutions, starch solutions, gelatin solutions, carboxymethylcellulose, shellac, methylcellulose, potassium phosphate, polyvinylpyrrolidone and other binders; dry starch, sodium alginate, agar powder, laminaran powder, sodium hydrogencarbonate, calcium carbonate, fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylenesorbitan, sodium laurylsulfate, stearic acid monoglyceride, starch, lactose and other disintegrants; white sugar, stearin, cacao butter, hydrogenated oils and other disintegration inhibitors; quaternary ammonium base, sodium lauryl sulfate and other absorption promoters; glycerin, starch and other wetting agents; starch,
  • Such tablets may be coated with usual coating materials as required, to prepare, for example, sugar-coated tablets, gelatin-coated tablets, enteric-coated tablets, film-coated tablets, double- or multi-layered tablets, etc.
  • any of various known carriers can be used, including, for example, glucose, lactose, starch, cacao butter, hydrogenated vegetable oils, kaolin, talc and other excipients; gum arable powder, tragacanth powder, gelatin, ethanol and other binders; laminaran, agar and other disintegrants; etc.
  • any of various known carriers can be used, including, for example, polyethylene glycol, cacao butter, higher alcohols, esters of higher alcohols, gelatin, semisynthetic glycerides, etc.
  • a solution, emulsion or suspension is sterilized and preferably made isotonic with blood. Any of various known widely used diluents can be employed to prepare the solution, emulsion or suspension.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation may contain sodium chloride, glucose or glycerin in an amount sufficient to prepare an isotonic solution, and may contain usual solubilizers, buffers, analgesic agents, etc., and further, if necessary, coloring agents, preservatives, flavors, sweetening agents, etc., and/or other medicines.
  • the proportion of the compound of the present invention in the pharmaceutical preparation is not limited and can be suitably selected from a wide range.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation contain the compound of the present invention in a proportion of 1 to 70 wt. %.
  • the route of administration of the pharmaceutical preparation according to the present invention is not limited, and the preparation is administered by a route suitable for the form of the preparation, patient's age and sex, conditions of the disease, and other conditions.
  • tablets, pills, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules and capsules are administered orally.
  • Injections are intravenously administered singly or as mixed with usual injection transfusions such as glucose solutions, amino acid solutions or the like, or singly administered intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously or intraperitoneally, as required. Suppositories are administered intrarectally.
  • the dosage of the pharmaceutical preparation is suitably selected according to the method of use, patient's age and sex, severity of the disease, and other conditions, and is usually about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight/day, and preferably 0.001 to 50 mg/kg body weight/day, in single or divided doses.
  • a dosage smaller than the above range may be sufficient or a dosage larger than the above range may be required.
  • the compound of the present invention induces TFF production, such as TFF2 production, and thus is useful as an active ingredient of a TFF inducer (up-regulator) , particularly TFF2 inducer.
  • TFF inducer up-regulator
  • the compound of the present invention can be used, based on its TFF production inducing activity, as an agent for preventing or treating various diseases, for example, mucosal injury, in human and veterinary medicines.
  • diseases for which preventive or therapeutic effects can be obtained based on TFF production inducing activity, particularly TFF2 production inducing activity include acute and chronic alimentary tract diseases of various origins (e.g., drug-induced ulcers, peptic gastric ulcers, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's dis.ease, drug-induced enteritis, ischemic colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcers developed after endoscopic demucosation, acute gastritis, chronic gastritis, reflux esophagitis, esophageal ulcer, Barrett esophagus, gastrointestinal mucositis (such as gastrointestinal mucositis caused by chemotherapy, radiotherapy, etc.), hemorrhoidal diseases, etc.); oral diseases (e.g., stomatitis (such as stomati),
  • TFF peptides TFFl, TFF2, TFF3, etc.
  • other drugs such as, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-ulcer drugs, etc.
  • Fig. 1 shows a comparison between the nucleotide sequence of the PCR product cloned to the plasmid pCR-Blunt-
  • TFF2pro (Sequence Number 1 in Sequence Listing) and the counterpart of the hTFF2 promoter region reported in a gene bank (GenBank accession AB038162) .
  • a toluene solution (10 ml) containing a reagent prepared by using 1.1 ml (3.5 mmol) of sodium bis (2- methoxyethoxy) aluminium hydride (65% toluene solution) and 0.34 ml (3.9 mmol) of morpholine was added dropwise to a toluene solution (10 ml) containing 0.50 g (1.2 mmol) of methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) ⁇ l-inethoxy-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate, and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was stopped by adding water to the reaction mixture, and the thus-obtained reactant was subjected to extraction with ethyl acetate.
  • the resultant dry substance was subjected to filtration and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the thus-obtained purified material was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 1.1 g (yield: 74%) of yellow powder 9- (4-pyridin-2-ylbenzyl) -9H- carbazole-3-carbaldehyde .
  • Reference Example 91 was obtained in the same manner as in Reference Example 35.
  • Examples 125-138 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 5.
  • Examples 148-154 and 159-176 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 24.
  • hTFF2 human Trefoil Factor 2
  • DNA was extracted from HeLa cells (CCL-2, DAINIPPON PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD.) using a deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) extraction kit (DNeasyTM Tissue Kit, manufactured by QIAGEN) .
  • the hTFF2 promoter region was amplified using the extracted DNA as a template by means of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • the oligomers 5'-CACGCGTCAGACTGGCAACCCCCTGTC-S' and 5'-GAAGCTTCTAGCTCAGCTGCACCCCAG-S' were selected as PCR primers to be amplified, based on the report by Beck et al.
  • the PCR products were separated and purified by 1 % agarose gel electrophoresis, and cloned to a pCR-Bluntll-TOPO vector attached to a cloning kit (Zero Blunt® TOPO® PCR Cloning Kit, manufactured by Invitrogen Corporation) .
  • the produced plasmid pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro was introduced into E.coli for transformation (TOP 10 UltracompTM Cells, manufactured by Invitrogen Corporation) , and transformant strain pCR-Blunt- TFF2pro/TOP10 was selectively cultured in LB agar medium containing 30 ⁇ g/ml of Zeocin (Zeocin, manufactured by Invitrogen Corporation) .
  • the pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro/TOPlO was subjected to shaking culture in 50 ml of LB medium containing 30 ⁇ g/ml of Zeocin at 37 0 C over night, and a plasmid was prepared using a plasmid preparation kit (ConcertTM High Purity Midiprep System, manufactured by GIBCO BRL) .
  • the nucleotide sequence of the PCR product cloned to the plasmid pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro was determined. The determined nucleotide sequence was compared with the counterpart of hTFF2 promoter region reported in a gene bank (GenBank accession AB038162) . The nucleotide sequence of the MIuI- HindIII region cloned in pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro was identical to GenBank accession AB038162 (Fig. 1) .
  • Fig. 1 shows in the upper register the nucleotide sequence and nucleotide numbering of the hTFF2 promoter region reported in GenBank (accession AB038162) .
  • the lower register shows the nucleotide sequence (see appended Sequence Number 1 shown in Sequence Listing) of the PCR product cloned in the plasmid pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro.
  • the underlined portions indicate the recognition sequence (ACGCGT) of the restriction enzyme MIuI and the recognition sequence (AAGCTT) of the restriction enzyme HindIII.
  • the nucleotide sequences of the Mlul-Hindlll region are identical between the hTFF2 promoter region reported in GenBank (accession AB038162) and the PCR product cloned to the plasmid pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro. ATG enclosed in the box is the translation start codon and the arrow shows the transcription initiation site.
  • the plasmid pCR-Blunt-hTFF2pro was cleaved by the restriction enzymes MIuI and HindIII, fractionated by 1% agarose gel electrophoresis, and the hTFF2 promoter region was purified using a nucleic acid purification kit (ConcertTM Matrix Gel Extraction System, manufactured by GIBCO BRL) .
  • the hTFF2 promoter region was inserted into the Mlul-Hindlll region of a commercial plasmid pGL-Basic (manufactured by Promega Corporation) using a ligation kit (Ligation high, manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.) to produce pGL3-hTFF2pro.
  • the plasmid pGL3-hTFF2pro was introduce ⁇ v into E. coli for transformation (DH5 ⁇ Competent Cell, manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.) and transformant strain pGL3-hTFF2pro/DH5 ⁇ was selectively cultured in LB agar medium containing lOO ⁇ g/ml of ampicillin.
  • the pGL3-hTFF2pro/DH5 ⁇ was inoculated into a 2-liter Erlenmeyer flask containing 400ml of LB medium containing lOO ⁇ g/ml ampicillin, and subjected to 200 rpm shaking culture at 37°C in a rotary shaker overnight.
  • the plasmid pGL3- hTFF2pro was extracted and purified from the cultured cells using a plasmid preparation kit (EndoFree Plasmid Maxi Kit, manufactured by QIAGEN) .
  • the pWLneo/DH5 ⁇ was inoculated into a 1-liter Erlenmeyer flask containing 150ml of LB medium containing lOO ⁇ g/ml of ampicillin, and subjected to 200 rpm shaking culture at 37°C in a rotary shaker overnight.
  • the plasmid pWLneo was extracted and purified from the cultured cells using a plasmid preparation kit (EndoFree Plasmid Maxi Kit, manufactured by QIAGEN) .
  • the cells were washed with buffer (Dulbecco' s Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA) and subjected to trypsin (0.25% Tripsin-lmM EDTA- 4Na, manufactured by SIGMA) treatment for suspension.
  • the cells were suspended in the IMDM medium, stained using Trypan Blue Stain, 0.4% (tradename, Invitrogen Corporation) and the number of cells which did not stain was counted as live cells using a hemocytometer .
  • the cells were washed once with buffer (Dulbecco' s Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA) and 10 6 live cells were suspended in a solution for gene transfer (Q.25 M Mannitol/0.1 mM CaCl 2 /0.1 mM MgCl 2 /0.2 mM Tris-HCl, pH7.2 to 7.4) to which 10 ⁇ g of the prepared plasmid pGL3-hTFF2pro and 2 ⁇ g of the plasmid pWLneo were added.
  • buffer Dulbecco' s Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA
  • the plasmid-added cell suspension was transferred to a lmm cuvette (manufactured by Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.) and gene introduction into cells was performed by means of electroporation using an SSH-I cell fusion apparatus (Shimadzu Corporation) .
  • the cells were suspended in the IMDM medium, inoculated in a culture dish having a diameter of 10 cm (CORNING Incorporated) and cultured in a 5% CO 2 incubator at 37°C for 2 days. Selective culturing was then carried out using IMDM medium containing 400 ⁇ g/ml of Geneticin (manufactured by Invitrogen Corporation).
  • 100 ⁇ l of the culture medium was then first inoculated into each well of a 96-well plate (manufactured by BD Falc ⁇ h,) ⁇ , and proliferated cells were sequentially subjected to passaged culturing in a 24-well plate (manufactured by BD Falcon) and further in a 6- well plate (manufactured by BD Falcon) to prepare pGL3- hTFF2pro-pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6 cells.
  • the obtained pGL3- hTFF2pro'pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6 cells were suspended in IMDM medium containing 400 ⁇ g/ml of Geneticin, inoculated into a 96-well plate by means of limiting dilution for cloning to obtain single clone pGL3-hTFF2pro-pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6-2 cells.
  • the pGL3-hTFF2pro-pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6-2 cells were proliferated in a 10 cm culture dish, harvested and cryopreserved.
  • the cells were washed with buffer (Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA), and tripsin (0.25% Tripsin-lmM EDTA- 4Na, manufactured by SIGMA) was added to separate the cells by treatment for 5 minutes at 37°C.
  • the cell suspension was collected by adding IMDM medium, and the cells were stained using Trypan Blue Stain, 0.4% (tradename, Invitrogen Corporation) and the number of cells which did not stain was counted as live cells using a hemocytometer .
  • a cell survival rate of 90 % or higher was confirmed prior to the live cells being used for the hTFF2 genetic reporter assay.
  • test compounds 100 ⁇ l of the cell suspension containing about 7.5 x 4,,0 ⁇ cells was inoculated into each well of 96-well plates (manufactured by COSTAR) and cultured in a 5 % CO 2 incubator at 37 0 C.
  • the test compounds were prepared to have a concentration 200 times the final measurement concentration with dimethylsulfoxide (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)-
  • the test compounds having a predetermined concentration were respectively diluted 100 times with IMDM medium, and 100 ⁇ l of the diluted compounds was dispensed into wells of the 96- well plates. Demethylsulfoxide was diluted 100 times with
  • IMDM medium IMDM medium and added to those wells to which test compounds were not added.
  • the cells were cultured in a 5 % CO 2 incubator at 37 0 C for 24 hours.
  • the culture supernatant was removed and the 96-well plates were frozen in a deep freezer (manufactured by SANYO Electric Co., Ltd.).
  • the 96-well plates were thawed at room temperature when the luciferase activity was measured, and 100 ⁇ l of PicaGene LT2.0 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) diluted two times with buffer (Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA) was added to each well.
  • the plates were allowed to stand at room temperature for at least 30 minutes and the luciferase activity was measured using a Labsystems Luminoskan (manufactured by ICN Biomedicals Inc.).
  • concentration of compound of the present invention for showing 300 % or higher TFF2 production promoting activity is less than 10 "5 M, and more preferably less than 10 ⁇ 6 M.
  • Rats were fasted from the previous day. A celiotomy was done in each rat under ether anesthesia, and the stomach was exteriorized. Subsequently, 20 ⁇ L of a 30 % acetic acid solution was injected into the submucosa at the junction of the body of the glandular stomach and the pyloric antrum using a disposable syringe to produce a gastric ulcer.
  • Test compound administration Each test compound was suspended in a 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) solution at concentrations of 0.75 or 2.5 mg/ml. The rats were orally administrated once a day for 8 days starting with the forth day from operation at doses of 3 or 10 mg/kg. A gastric tube and a syringe were used for the oral administration. The volumes of each test compound and vehicle (0.5% CMC) were 4 ml/kg.
  • the rats were sacrificed by exsanguination under anesthesia with ether, and each stomach was removed.
  • the removed stomachs were fixed in 1 % formalin for 15 minutes, dissected along the greater curvature of stomach to expose the ulcer, and the ulcerated area was measured.
  • the ulcerated area was measured under a stereo microscope (10 x) with an ocular micrometer (1 mmVgrid) , and the percentage healing ratio was calculated.
  • the test results were shown in the Table 35.
  • the percentage healing ratio was calculated by the following formula.
  • the Table 35 demonstrates that ! ⁇ -the compounds of the present invention are effective in preventing and/or treating mucosal injury.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a carbazole compound represented by formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein A is a direct bond, a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group; X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; R1 is a hydrogen atom, etc; R2 is a lower alkoxy group, etc; and R3 is a hydrogen atom, etc. The carbazole compound or salt thereof of the present invention induces the production of TFF, and thus is usable for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders such as alimentary tract diseases, oral diseases, upper respiratory tract diseases, respiratory tract diseases, eye diseases, cancers, and wounds.

Description

DESCRIPTION CARBAZOLE COMPOUND
TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a carbazole compound .
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The trefoil factor family (TFF) is a group of highly stable peptides, having a three-leaved clover-like structure formed from six cysteine residues. Three TFF peptides (TFFl, TFF2 and TFF3) have been identified so far in humans. TFFs are present in mucus-related tissues such as the alimentary tract, and are secreted mainly by mucus- secreting cells. The expression of TFF peptides is up- regulated in the vicinity of damaged mucosa and in regenerating glands. It is reported that the main functions of TFF peptides lie in the augmentation of cell migration processes (motogenic effects) , protection of cells, and suppression of apoptosis [Nature Reviews, Molecular Cell Biology, Vol. 4: 721-732(2003)].
TFF2 is a peptide of 106 amino acid residues, initially isolated from porcine pancreas. The TFF2 peptide is abundant in the gastric mucous neck cells, the pyloric region of the stomach, the mucosa surrounding ulcers, the regenerative mucosa, the overlying mucus layer, Brunner's glands, and so forth.
It has been confirmed with experiments using rats that TFF2 prevents the development of colitis and gastric ulceration and also accelerates the healing thereof
[Gastroenterology 108: 108-116(1995); Gastroenterology 110: 489-497(1996); Alim. Pharmacol. Ther., 14: 1033-1040(2000); Gut, 45: 516-522(1999); Gut, 44: 636-642, 1999; and J. Leukoc. Biol., Vol. 75: 214-223(2004)]. Other experiments show that indomethacin-induced gastric ulcers are exacerbated in TFF2.^knockout mice [J. Clin.
Invest., Vol. 109: 193-204(2002)].
Eur. J. Clin. Invest., 32: 519-527(2002) discloses the ability of TFF2 to stabilize mucus. Am. J. Respir. Cell MoI. Biol.', Vol. 29: 458-
464(2003) teaches that TFF2 might be involved in regulating the proliferation of damaged airway epithelia.
It can be understood from the above that TFF2 plays key roles in protection against and repair of mucosal injury. With regard to diseases which are likely to be cured with
TFF2, improved therapeutic effects are expected by a promotion of endogenous TFF2 production.
Gastroenterology, 126: 796-808(2004) discloses that
TFF3 is effective for curing alimentary tract mucositis such as stomatitis induced by the administration of carcinostatics .
Science, Vol. 274: 259-262(1996) and Gastroenterology, 119:
691-698(2000) conclude, from the fact that stomach cancer was developed in TFFl knockout mice, that the TFFl gene may function as a tumor suppressor gene. Nature Reviews, Molecular Cell Biology, Vol. 4: 721-732(2003) and Int. J. MoI.
Med., 12: 3-9(2003) suggest that TFF2 may act in a similar way as TFFl and TFF3.
As compounds for up-regulating TFF2 expression, ligands for peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor- T (PPART) (e.g., indomethacin, aspirin, prostaglandin J2 and troglitazone) are known [FEBS Lett., 488: 206-210(2001); Alim.
Pharmacol. Ther., 18 (suppl. 1): 119-125(2003); FEBS Lett.,
558: 33-38(2004); and Can. Res., 61: 2424-2428(2001)].
Among various proteins, keratinocyte growth factor (KGF) is reported to enhance TFF2 and TFF3 expressions in rat lower gastrointestinal tracts [Am. J. Physiol. Regul. Integr.
Comp. Physiol., 284: R564-R573 (2003) ] .
Some studies teach pharmacological actions of the
TFF peptides themselves, and suggest the possibility of their application in clinical medicine (WO92/14837, WO02/102403, WO01/002377 and WO02/051409 disclose various compounds having a substituent containing a 2,4-dioxo- thazolidinyl or 4-oxo-2-thioxo-thiazolidinyl moiety on a heteroaryl skeleton such as a quinoline. These documents also disclose that such compounds exhibit telomerase inhibitory activity.
DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION
An object of the present invention is to provide a novel compound capable of up-regulating TFF.
The present inventors carried out extensive research to develop a novel compound capable of up-regulating endogenous TFF, and as a result, they found that compounds of the following formula (1) can up-regulate endogenous TFF, particularly TFF2. The present invention has been accomplished based on these findings.
The present invention provides compounds and uses as described in Items 1 to 16 below. Item 1. A compound represented by formula (1)
Figure imgf000005_0001
or a salt thereof, wherein A is a direct bond, a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group;
X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; R1 is one of the following (1-1) to (1-21) : (1-1) a hydrogen atom, (1-2) a lower alkyl group,
(1-3) a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) , lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, -(B)iNR6R7 groups, a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups, 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group, 3- azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonylcarbonyl groups, piperidinyl lower alkyl groups, anilino lower aklyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups, phenylthio lower alkyl groups, indolinyl lower alkyl groups, piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, pyridyl groups, thienyl groups, lower alkylsulfinyl groups, lower alkylsulfonyl groups, and lower alkylthio groups, (1-4) a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group, (1-5) a phenoxy lower alkyl group, (1-6) a naphthyl lower alkyl group, (1-7) a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, (1-8) a carboxy lower alkyl group, (1-9) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
(1-10) a pyridyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; piperidinyl groups; a morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group ,>and lower alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; phenylthio lower alkyl groups; biphenyl groups; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; lower alkoxy groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; anilino groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; and furyl groups,
(1-11) a cyano lower alkyl group, (1-12) a phenyl group, (1-13) a quinolyl lower alkyl group,
(1-14) a lower alkoxy lower alkoxy-substituted lower alkyl group,
(1-15) a hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl group, (1-16) a lower alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms,
(1-17) a lower alkanoyloxy group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms,
(1-18) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, (1-19) a benzoyl group,
(1-20) a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups, (1-21) a naphthylsulfonyl group;
R2 is one of the following (2-2) to (2-6) : (2-2) a lower alkoxy group, (2-3) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups,
(2-4) a carboxy lower alkoxy group, (2-5) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group, (2-6) a hydroxy group; n is an integer from 0 to 7, provided that when n is no less than 2, n R2S may be the same or different;
R3 is one of the following (3-1) to (3-6) : (3-1) a hydrogen atom, (3-2) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups,
(3-3) a hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl group, (3-4) a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group, (3-5) a carboxy lower alkyl group, (3-6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
B is a carbonyl group or an -NHCO- group; 1 is 0 or 1; and
R6 and R7 each independently represent one of the following (4-1) to (4-6) : (4-1) a hydrogen atom,
(4-2) a lower alkyl group, (4-3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4-4) a phenyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; lower alkylthio groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups; pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups; piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; lower alkenyl groups; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group; carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups; phenyl lower alkoxy groups; and a cyano group,
(4-5) a cycloalkyl group optionally substituted on the cycloalkyl ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, (4-6) a thiazolyl group.
Item 2. The compound according to Item 1 or a salt thereof, wherein A is a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group;
X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; R1 is the following (1-1), (1-2), (1-3), (1-4), (1- 6), (1-10), (1-13), (1-16), (1-17), (1-18), (1-19), (1-20), or (1-21) : (1-1) a hydrogen atom,
(1-2) a lower alkyl group,
(1-3) a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionaly substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) , lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, - (B) iNR6R7 groups, a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups, 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group, 3- azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonylcarbonyl groups, piperidinyl lower alkyl groups, anilino lower aklyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups, phenylthio lower alkyl groups, indolinyl lower alkyl groups, piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, pyridyl groups, thienyl groups, lower alkylsulfinyl groups, lower alkylsulfonyl groups, and lower alkylthio groups, (1-4) a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group, (1-6) a naphthyl lower alkyl group,
(1-10) a pyridyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; piperidinyl groups; a morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; phenyltήio lower alkyl groups; biphenyl groups; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; lower alkoxy groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; anilino groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; and furyl groups,
(1-13) a quinolyl lower alkyl group, (1-16) a lower alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms,
(1-17) a lower alkanoyloxy group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, (1-18) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, (1-19) a benzoyl group,
(1-20) a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups, (1-21) a naphthylsulfonyl group; R2 is the following (2-2) or (2-3) :
(2-2) a lower alkoxy group,
(2-3) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups; n is an integer from 0 to 2, provided that when n is 2, n R2S may be the same or different;
R3 is the following (3-1) or (3-2) : (3-1) a hydrogen atom,
(3-2) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups; B is a carbonyl group or an -NHCO- group;
1 is 0 or 1; and
R6 and R7 each independently represent the following (4-1), (4-4), (4-5), or (4-6) : (4-1) a hydrogen atom, (4-4) a phenyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; lower alkylthio groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups; pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups; piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; lower alkenyl groups; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group; carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups; phenyl lower alkoxy groups; and a cyano group, (4-5) a cycloalkyl group optionally substituted on the cycloalkyl ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, (4-6) a thiazolyl group.
Item 3. The compound or a salt thereof according to Item 1 having one of the following formula:
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000012_0002
wherein A, X, R1, R2, R3 and n are each the same as defined in Item 1.
Item 4. The compound or a salt thereof according to Item 3, wherein A is a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group.
Item 5. The compound or a salt thereof according to Item 4, wherein X is an oxygen atom or an sulfur atom. Item 6. The compound or a salt thereof according to Item 5, wherein R1 is
(1-3) a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionaly substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups), lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, - (B) iNR6R7 groups (wherein B,l, R6, and R7 are each the same as defined in item 1) , a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups, 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group, 3- azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonylcarbonyl groups, piperidinyl lower alkyl groups, anilino lower aklyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups, phenylthio lower alkyl groups, indolinyl lower alkyl groups, piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, pyridyl groups, thienyl groups, lower alkylsulfinyl groups, lower alkylsulfonyl groups, and lower alkylthio groups, or
(1-20) a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups. Item 7. The compound according to Item 6, wherein n is 0.
Item 8. The compound according to Item 6, wherein R2 is lower alkoxy group and n is 1.
Item 9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising as an active ingredient the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Item 1.
Itemt 10. A prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for a disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect, comprising as an active ingredient the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Item 1.
Item 11. The prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent according to Item 10, wherein the disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect is an alimentary tract disease, oral disease, upper respiratory tract disease, respiratory tract disease, eye disease, cancer, or wound.
Item 12. A use of the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Item 1 for manufacturing a prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for a disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect.
Item 13. A method for preventing and/or treating a disorder on which TFF up-regulation has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Item 1.
Item 14. The disorder on which TFF up-regulation has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect identified in either one of Items 10 to 13 is drug-induced u>lcers, peptic gastric ulcers, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's diseases, drug-induced enteritis, ischemic colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcers developed after endoscopic demucosation, acute gastritis, chronic gastritis, reflux esophagitis, esophageal ulcer,
Barrett esophagus, gastrointestinal mucositis, hemorrhoidal diseases, stomatitis, Sjoegren syndrome, xerostomia, rhinitis, pharyngitis, bronchial asthma, chronic obstructive lung diseases, dry eye, or keratoconjunctivitis.
Item 15. A prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for alimentary tract diseases, oral diseases, upper respiratory tract diseases, respiratory tract diseases, eye diseases, cancers, or wounds, the agent comprising a compound that induces the production of TFF.
Item 16. TFF identified in either one of Items 10 to 15 is TFF2.
Specific examples of groups in the above formula
(1) are as follows.
"Lower" as used herein indicates Cχ-6 unless otherwise noted.
Examples of lower alkylene groups include straight or branched Ci_6 alkylene groups, such as methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 2, 2-dimethylethylene, 2 , 2-dimethyltrimethylene, 1-methyltrimethylene, methylmethylene, ethylmethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, etc. Examples of lower alkylidene groups include straight or branched Ci_6 alkylidene groups, such as methylidene, ethylidene, propylidene, butylidene, pentylidene, hexylidene, etc.
Examples of lower alkyl groups include straight or branched Ci-e alkyl groups, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, π-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, zi-hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2- ethylbutyl, etc.
Examples of phenyl groups (optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) include phenyl groups optionally substituted with one or two phenyl groups, such as phenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) phenylphenyl, 2,3- diphenylphenyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkoxy groups include straight or branched Ci_6 alkoxy groups, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, π-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, sec- butoxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, neopentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, isohexyloxy, 3-methylpentyloxy, etc.
Examples of halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
Examples of lower alkoxycarbonyl groups include alkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkoxy group, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n- butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, sec- butoxycarbonyl, n-pentyloxycarbonyl, neopentyloxycarbonyl, n- hexyloxycarbonyl, isohexyloxycarbonyl, 3- methylpentyloxycarbonyl, etc.
Examples of phenyl lower alkoxy groups include phenylalkoxy groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkoxy group, such as benzyloxy, 2- phenylethoxy, 1-phenylethoxy, 3-phenylpropoxy, 4-phenylbutoxy, 5-phenylpentyloxy, β-phenylhexyloxy, 1, l-dimethyl-2- phenylethoxy, 2-methyl-3-phenylpropoxy, etc. Examples of piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups include piperidinylalkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkoxy group, such as [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] methoxycarbonyl, 2- [(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethoxycarbonyl, 1- [(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethoxycarbonyl, 3- [(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] propoxycarbonyl, 4-
[(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] butoxycarbonyl, 5- [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] pentyloxycarbonyl, 6- [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-)piperidinyl]hexyloxycarbonyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2- [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethoxycarbonyl, 2- methyl-3- [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] propoxy carbonyl, etc.
Examples of cycloalkyl groups include C3-8 cycloalkyl groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc.
Examples of amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups include: amino-substituted alkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkoxy group, optionally substituted with one or two C3-8 cycloalkyl groups; such as aminomethoxycarbonyl , 2-aminoethoxycarbonyl, cyclopropylaminomethoxycarbonyl, 2- cyclohexylaminoethoxycarbonyl, 1- cyclobutylaminoethoxycarbonyl, 3- cyclopentylaminopropoxycarbonyl, 4- cycloheptylaminobutoxycarbonyl, 5- cyclooctylaminopentyloxycarbonyl, 6- cyclohexylaminohexyloxycarbonyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- cyclohexylaminoethoxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-3- cyclopropylaminopropoxycarbonyl, 2- (N-cyclopropyl-N- cyclohexylamino) ethoxycarbonyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkylthio groups include straight or branched Ci_6 alkylthio groups such as methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, tert- butylthio, n-pentylthio, D-hexylthio, etc.
Examples of 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups include 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one to three lower alkylthio groups, such as (1-, 2-, A-, or 5-) 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-methylthio- (1-, A-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-ethylthio- (1-, A-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 4-propylthio- (1-, 2-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 5-isopropylthio- (1-, 2-, or 4-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-n-butylthio- (1-, 4-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-n-pentylthio- (1-, 4-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2-Η-hexylthio- (1-, 4-, or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2, 4-dimethylthio- (1- or 5-)2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, 2, 4, 5-trimethylthio- (1-) 2- imidazolinylcarbonyl, etc.
Examples of 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups include 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one to three straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl groups, such as (1-, 2-, or 3- ) 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2-methyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2-ethyl-(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 3-propyl- (1-, 2-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 4-isopropyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 5-n-butyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2-n-pentyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-) 3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2-n-hexyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2, 5-dimethyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2, 4-dimethyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2, 3-dimethyl- (1-, 2-, A-, or 5-)3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, 2, 4, 5-trimethylthio- (1-, 2-, 3-, or 5-) 3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl, etc.
Examples of thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group includes (2-, 3-, A-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, 2-phenyl- (3-, A-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, 3-phenyl- (2-, A-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, 4-phenyl- (2-, 3-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, 5-phenyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl, etc. Examples of piperidinyl lowers alky1 groups include piperidinylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group, such as [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] methyl, 2-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] propyl, 4-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] butyl, 5-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(l-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] hexyl, l,l-dimethyl-2-[ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 2- methyl-3- [ (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl] propyl, etc.
Examples of anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups include anilinoalkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two straight and/or branched Ci_6 alkyl groups, such as anilinomethyl, N-methylanilinomethyl, N-ethylanilinomethyl, N-n-propylanilinomethyl, N- isopropylanilinomethyl, IV-.n-butylanilinomethyl, N-sec- butylanilinomethyl, N-tert-butylanilinomethyl, N-n- pentylanilinomethyl, N-n-hexylanilinomethyl, 2-anilinoethyl, 2-(N-methylanilino)ethyl, 2- (N-ethylanilino) ethyl, 2-(N-n- propylanilino) ethyl, 2- (W-isopropylanilino) ethyl, 2- (N-n- butylanilino) ethyl, 2- (N-sec-butylanilino) ethyl, 2- (N-tert- butylanilino) ethyl, 2- (N-n-pentylanilino) ethyl, 2-(N-n- hexylanilino) ethyl, 3-anilinopropyl, 3- (N- methylanilino) propyl, 4- (N-ethylanilino) butyl, 4-(N-π- propylanilino) butyl, 5- (N-isopropylanilino) pentyl, 5- [N-n- butylanilino) pentyl, 6- (N-sec-butylanilino) hexyl, 6- (N-tert- butylanilino) hexyl, 6- (N-n-pentylanilino) hexyl, β-(N-n- hexylanilino) hexyl, etc. Examples of phenylthio lower alkyl groups include phenylthioalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group, such as phenylthiomethyl, 2- phenylthioethyl, 1-phenylthioethyl, 3-phenylthiopropyl, A- phenylthiobutyl, 5-phenylthiopentyl, β-phenylthiohexyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-phenylthioethyl, 2-methyl-3-phenylthiopropyl, etc. Examples of indolinyl lower adkyl groups include indolinylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkyl group, such as [ (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6~, or 7-) indolinyl] methyl, 2-[(l-, 2-, 3- , 4-, or 5-) indolinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-,' 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] ethyl, 3-[(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] propyl, 4-[(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] butyl, 5-[(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] pentyl, 6-[(l-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] hexyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- [ (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [ (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-) indolinyl] propyl, etc.
Examples of piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups include piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one to three straight and/or branched Ci_5 alkyl groups, such as (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-methyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, l-ethyl-(2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, l-n-propyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-n-butyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, l-n-pentyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, l-n-hexyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1, 2-dimethyl- (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1, 2, 3-trimethyl- (4-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 2-π-propyl- (1-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 3-ethyl-(l-, 2-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 2-methyl-4-isopropyl- (1-, 3-, 5-, or 6- ) piperidinylcarbonyl, etc. Examples of lower alkylsulfinyl groups include straight and branched Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl groups, such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, n-propylsulfinyl, isopropylsulfinyl, n-butylsulfinyl, isobutylsulfinyl, tert- butylsulfinyl, sec-butylsulfinyl, n-pentylsulfinyl, isopentylsulfinyl, neopentylsulfinyl, n-hexylsulfinyl, isohexylsulfinyl, 3-methylpentylsulfiny\L, etc.
Examples of lower alkylsulfonyl groups include straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl sulfonyl groups, such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, isobutylsulfonyl, tert- butylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl, Ω-pentylsulfonyl, isopentylsulfonyl, neopentylsulfonyl, n-hexylsulfonyl, isohexylsulfonyl, 3-methylpentylsulfonyl, etc.
Examples of "phenyl lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) ; lower alkyl groups; lower alkoxy groups; halogen atoms; - (B) iNRδR7 groups; a nitro group; a carboxy group; lower alkoxycarbonyl groups; a cyano group; phenyl lower alkoxy groups; a phenoxy group; piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups; amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups; 2- imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2- imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups; 3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; a thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group; 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonylcarbonyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; phenylthio lower alkyl groups; indolinyl lower alkyl groups; piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; pyridyl groups; thienyl groups; lower alkylsulfinyl groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; and lower alkylthio groups'" include: mono- or di-phenylalkyl groups, wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 aklyl group, optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one to three members selected from the group consisting of a; phenyl group
•>.,„• (optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one to three phenyl groups) ; the above-described straight and branched Ci-6 alkyl groups; the above-described straight and branched Ci-6 alkoxy groups; halogen atoms; the below-described -(B)iNR6R7 groups; a nitro group; a carboxyl group; the above-described straight or branched Ci-6 alkoxycarbonyl groups; a cyano group; the above-described phenylalkoxy groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_5 alkoxy group; a phenoxy group; the above-described piperidinylalkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkoxy group; the above-described aminoalkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkoxy group, optionally substituted with one or two C3_8 cycloalkyl groups; the above-described 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one to three straight and/or branched Ci_6 alkylthio groups; the above-described 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one to three straight and/or branched Ci-6 alkyl groups; thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group; 3- azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonylcarbonyl groups; piperidinylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group; anilinoalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group, optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two straight and/or branched Cχ-6 alkyl groups; phenylthioalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci-e alkyl group; indolinylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Cχ-6 alkyl group; the above-described piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one to three straight and/or branched Ci-6 alkyl groups; pyridyl groups; thienyl groups; alkylsulfinyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched C1^6 alkyl group; alkylsulfoϊiyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Cχ-6 alkyl group; and alkylthio groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or ■ branched Ci-6 alkyl group; such as benzyl, 1-phenethyl, 2-phenethyl, 3- phenylpropyl, 2-phenylpropyl, 4-phenylbutyl, 5-phenylpentyl, 4-phenylpentyl, β-phenylhexyl, 2-methyl-3-phenylpropyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-phenylethyl, 1, 1-diphenylmethyl, 2, 2-diphenylethyl, 3, 3-diphenylpropyl, 1, 2-diphenylethyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) phenylbenzyl, 4-[(2-, 3-, or 4-) phenylphenyl] benzyl, 4-[iV-(3- pyridyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [N- (2- methoxyphenyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [2- (2- piperidinyl) ethoxycarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [2- (cyclohexylamino) ethoxycarbonyl] benzyl, 4- (N-cyclohexyl-W- methylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (iV^N-di-n- butylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [2-methylthio-l- (2- imidazolinyl) carbonyl] benzyl, 4- {N,N- diisobutylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [2, 5-dimethyl-l- (3- pyrrolinyl) carbonyl] benzyl, 4- (3-thiazolidinylcarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [1- (3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonylcarbonyl) benzyl, 4- {N-n- butylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-(W- cyclopropylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [3, 5-dimethyl-l- piperidinylcarbonyl] benzyl, 4- (JV-ethyl-iV- cyclohexylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (N-n- propylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [N- (1-methyl-l-cyclopentyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [N- (1-methyl-l- cyclohexyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4-phenylbenzyl, 2- phenylbenzyl, 3-phenylbenzyl, 4-tert-butylbenzyl, 4- aminobenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, 4-methoxycarbonylbenzyl, 4- carboxybenzyl, 3-methoxy-4-chlorobenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl,
2, 4, β-trimethoxybenzyl, 3, 4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, 4-chlorobenzyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 2, 4, β-trifluorobenzyl, 4- fluorobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 4-piperidinylcarbonylbenzyl, 4- anilinocarbonylbenzyl, 4- (N-cyclohexylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (N-cyclohexylamino) benzyl, 4-methylbenzyl, 3,4- dimethylbenzyl, 3, 4, 5-trimethylbenzyl, 4-benzyloxybenzyl, A- ethylaminocarbonylbenzyl, 4-isopropylaminocarbonylbenzyl, A- [N-(4-chlorophenyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [N-(4- isopropylphenyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [N- (4- phenoxyphenyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [N- (3- phenoxyphenyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [N-(4- methoxyphenyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4-phenoxybenzyl, 4- ethanolylaminobenzyl, 4- (N-acetylamino) benzyl, 4- [N- (4- isopropylphenyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [2-methyl- (1-, 3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinylcarbonyl] benzyl, 4- (N-methyl-N-n- pentylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [N- (2- methylcyclohexyl) aminocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [2-phenyl- (3-, A-, or 5-) thiazolidinylcarbonyl] benzyl, 4- [N-methyl- (2- methoxyanilino) carbonyl] benzyl, 4- (3- methylthioanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-(2- methylthioanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3, A- dichloroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4-trifluoromethoxy-4- anilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-anilinocarbonylbenzyl, 4-(4- chloroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- ( 4- methoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-(3- methoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (2- chloroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- methylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (2, A- dimethoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4-methoxy-5- chloroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (2-methoxy-5- acetylaminoanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3, 4- dimethoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [2- (1-methylallyl) anilinocarbonyl] benzyl, 4- (3-trifluoromethoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (2-methylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-(2- fluoroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-(3- fluoroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- fluoroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3- dimethylaminoanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- ethoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-(3- trifluoromethylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- trifluoromethylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, β- (3- acetylaminoanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- acetylaminoanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [I\J-methyl- (3- methylanilino) carbonyl] benzyl, 4- (2- phenoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3- phenoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4-phenoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3, 5-dichloroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (2, 3- dimethylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (2, 4- dimethylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3, 5- dimethylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3, 5- difluoroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3-fluoro-4- methoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- aminosulfonylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4-methyl-3- methoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3-chloro-4- methoxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3-chloro-4- methylanilinocarbonyl) benzyi, 4- (3-methoxy-5- trifluoromethylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3-chloro-4- fluoroanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [(2-, 4- or 5- thiazolylaminocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3-chloro-4- hydroxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (2-chloro-5- acetylaminoanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- methylthioanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- isopropylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-(4-tert- butylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-{ 4- [2-oxo- (1-, 3-, 4-, or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] anilinocarbonyl}benzyl, 4-(4- methylcarbamoylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, anilinocarbonylbenzyl,
4- (2-benzyloxyanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- vinylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (4- acetylaminoanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- (3- acetylaminoanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4-(4- trifluoromethylanilinocarbonyl) benzyl, 4- [N-methyl- (4- chloroanilino) carbonyl] benzyl, 4- [ (2-chloroanilino) carbonyl] benzyl, 4- [ (3-cyanoanilino) carbonyl] benzyl, 4-[(4- cyanoanilino) carbonyl] benzyl, 4-[ (2- cyanoanilino) carbonyl] benzyl, 4- [ (2-chloro-4- fluoroanilino) carbonyl] benzyl, (2-, 3-,.,.;.or 4-) (1- piperidinylmethyl) benzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) (N- methylanilinomethyl) benzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) (phenylthiomethyl) benzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) (1- indolylmethyl) benzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridin- (2-, 3-, or 4-) ylbenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) thiophen- (2- or 3-)ylbenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-)methylsulfinylbenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) ethylsulfinylbenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) propylsulfinylbenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-)methylsulfonylbenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) ethylsulfonylbenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) propylsulfonylbenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) methylthiobenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) ethylthiobenzyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) propylthiobenzyl, etc.
Examples of cycloalkyl lower alkyl groups include C3-8 cycloalkylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Cχ-6 alkyl group, such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-cyclopropylethyl, 1- cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, 3-cyclopentylpropyl, 4- cyclohexylbutyl, 5-cycloheptylpentyl, 6-cyclooctylhexyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-methyl-3-cyclopropylpropyl, etc. Examples of phenoxy lower alkyl groups include phenoxy alkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched C1-6 alkyl group, such as phenoxymethyl, 2- phenoxyethyl, 1-phenoxyethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, 4-phenoxybutyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2-phenoxyethyl, 5-phenoxypentyl, 6-phenoxyhexyl, 1-phenoxyisopropyl, 2-methyl-3-phenoxypropyl, etc.
Examples of naphthyl lower alkyl groups include naphthylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group, such as (1- or 2-) naphthylmethyl, 2-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl, 1-[(1- or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl, 3-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] propyl, 4-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] butyl, 5-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] pentyl, 6-[(l- or 2-) naphthyl] hexyl, l,l-dimethyl-2-[ (1- or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [ (1- or 2-) naphthyl] propyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkoxy lower alkyl groups include alkoxyalkyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkoxy group and the alkyl.αnoiety is a straight or branched Ci-e alkyl group, such as methoxymethyl, 2- methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 3-n-butoxypropyl, 4-n-propoxybutyl, l-methyl-3-isobutoxypropyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- n-pentyloxyethyl, 5-n-hexyloxypentyl, 6-methoxyhexyl, 1- ethoxyisopropyl, 2-methyl-3-methoxypropyl, etc.
Examples of carboxy lower alkyl groups include carboxyalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group, such as carboxymethyl, 2- carboxyethyl, 1-carboxyethyl, 3-carboxypropyl, 4-carboxybutyl, 5-carboxypentyl, β-carboxyhexyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2-carboxyethyl, 2-methyl-3-carboxypropyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl groups include alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkoxy group and the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group, such as methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2- methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 1- ethoxycarbonylethyl, 3-methoxycarbonylpropyl, 3- ethoxycarbonylpropyl, 4-ethoxycarbonylbutyl, 5- isopropoxycarbonylpentyl, β-n-propoxycarbonylhexyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-n-butoxycarbonylethyl, 2-methyl-3-tert- butoxycarbonylpropyl, 2-Ω-pentyloxycarbonylethyl, n- hexyloxycarbonylmethyl, etc. Examples of "piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups" include: piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one to three members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and straight and branched Ci-6 alkyl groups; such as (1- or 2-) piperazinyl, 4-methyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-ethyl-(l-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-n- propyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-tert-butyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-sec-butyl- (1-, 2-, or,; 3-)piperazinyl, 4-n- butyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-n-pentyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-n-hexyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 3,4- dimethyl- (1-, 2-, 5-, or 6-) piperazinyl, 3, 4, 5-trimethyl- (1- or 2-) piperazinyl, 4-phenyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl, 2,4- diphenyl- (1-, 3-, 5-, or 6-) piperazinyl, 2, 3, 4-triphenyl- (1-, 5-, or 6-) piperazinyl, 4-phenyl-2-methyl- (1-, 3-, 5-, or 6- ) piperazinyl, etc.
Examples of thienyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include thienyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as (2- or 3-) thienyl, 2-chloro- (3-, 4-, or 5-) thienyl, 4- bromo-(2-, 3-, or 5-) thienyl, 5-fluόro- (2-, 3-, or 4-) thienyl, 3-iodo-(2-, 4-, or 5-) thienyl, 2, 3-dichloro- (4- or 5-) thienyl, 2, 4, 5-trichloro-3-thienyl, 2-fluoro- (3-, 4-, or 5-) thienyl, etc.
Examples of phenyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include phenyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as phenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) chlorophenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) fluorophenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) bromophenyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) iodophenyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) dichlorophenyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) difluorophenyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) dibromophenyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) diiodophenyl, (2,3,4-, 2,3,5-, 2,3,6-, 2,4,5-, 2,4,6-, or 3,4,5-)trichlorophenyl, (2,3,4-, 2,3,5-, 2,3,6-, 2,4,5-, 2,4,6-, or 3,4,5-) trifluorophenyl, (2,3,4-, 2,3,5-, 2,3,6-, 2,4,5-, 2,4,6-, or 3, 4, 5-) tribromophenyl, (2,3,4-, 2,3,5-, 2,3,6-, 2,4,5-, 2,4,6-, or 3, 4, 5-) triiodophenyl, 2-chloro-3- fluorophenyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkyl groups substituted with one or more halogen atoms include straight or branched Cχ_6 alkyl groups substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, fluoromethyl, iodomethyl, difluoromethyJ., dibromomethyl, 2- chloroethyl, 2,2, 2-trif:-uoroethyl, 2, 2, 2-trichloroethyl, 3- chloropropyl, 2, 3-dichloropropyl, 4, 4, 4-trichlorobutyl, 4- fluorobutyl, 5-chloropentyl, 3-chloro-2-methylpropyl, 5- bromohexyl, 5, β-dibromhexyl, etc.
Examples of p^ridylamino groups include (2-, 3-, or
4-) pyridylamino groups .
Examples of pyrj>.dylcarbonylamino groups include (2-, 3-, or 4-)pyridylcar7jbony_^amino groups. Examples of ani'lino groups optionally substituted
" on the amino group- with one or two lower alkyl groups include anilino groups optionally substituted On the amino group with one or two straight and/or branched Ci-6 alkyl groups, such as anilino, N-methylanilino, i\7-ethylanilino, i\7-n-propylanilino, N-isopropylanilino, I\Hn-butylanilino, N-sec-butylanilino, N- tert-butylanilino, jtf-n-pentylanilino, AHn-hexylanilino, etc.
Examples of pyridyl lower alkyl groups include . pyridylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci-e alkyl group, such ass[(2-, 3-, or 4- ) pyridyl]mejifiyl, 2-[(2-, 3-, or -4-)'pyridyl] ethyl, l-[(2-, 3-, ■Qr 4-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] propyl, 4- [(2-, "3-, or 4-) pyridyl] butyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- [ (2-, 3-, or 4- ) pyridyl] ethyl-, 5- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] pentyl, 6- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl]hexyl, l-[(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] isopropyl, 2-methyl-3-[ (2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] propyl, etc.
Examples of "pyridyl lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; piper.idinyl groups,- a morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperizine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; phenylthio lower alkyl groups; biphenyl groups; lower alky.l groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; lower alkoxy groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; anilino groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; and furyl groups" include: _ pyridyl alkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a Ci-6 straight or branched alkyl group, optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one to three members '""selected from the group consisting of the above-described halogen atoms; piperidinyl groups; a morpholino group; the above-described piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one to three members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and straight and branched Ci_6 alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinylalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group; phenylthioalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group; biphenyl groups; lower alkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Cχ-6 alkyl group, optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; straight and branched Ci-6 alkoxy groups; anilinoalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group, optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two straight and/or branched Ci-6 alkyl groups; the above-described anilino groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two straight and/or branched Ci_6 alkyl groups, and furyl groups ; such as (2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridylmethyl, 2- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] ethyl, l-[(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3-[(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] propyl, 4- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] butyl, l,l-dimethyl-2-[ (2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] ethyl, 5- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] pentyl, 6- [(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] hexyl, l-[(2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] isopropyl, 2-methyl~3- [ (2-, 3-, or 4-) pyridyl] propyl, (2-chloro-3-pyridyl) methyl, [2-chloro- (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2, 3-dichloro- (4-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2-bromo- (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2,4, 6-trifluoro-(3-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl]methyl, [2-(l- piperidinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2- (4- morpholino) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2- (4-methyl- 1-piperazinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, 2- [2- (4- ethyl-1-piperazinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3- [2- (4-isopropyl-l-piperazinyl) - (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] propyl, 4- [2- (4-sec-butyl-l-piperazinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] butyl, 5- [2- (4-n-pentyl-l-piperazinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] pentyl, 6- [2- (4-ii-hexyl-l-piperazinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] hexyl, [2- (4-phenyl-2-methyl-l- piperazinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl]methyl, [2- (4-phenyl- 1-piperazinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-)pyridyl]methyl, [2-(3- thienyl)-(3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2-(2- chlorothiophen-5-yl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2- phenyl-(3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl]methyl, [2-(2- chlorophenyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, 2-[2,4- diphenyl-(3-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3- [2- (2-pyridyl) -6- (3- thienyl) - (3-, A-, or 5-) pyridyl] propyl, 4- (3-anilino- (2-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridylbutyl, 5- [2- (4-morpholino) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] pentyl, 6- [2- (1-piperidinyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] hexyl, [2- (2-pyridyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2- (3-pyridyl) - (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl]methyl, (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) (1-piperidinylmethyl) -2- pyridylmethyl, (3-, A-, 5-, or 6-) phenylthiomethyl-2- pyridylmethyl, [A-, 5-, or 6-) biphenyl-3-pyridylmethyl, (A-, 5-, or 6-) trifluoromethyl-3-pyridylmethyl, (4-, 5-, or 6-) (2- pyridylamino) -3-pyridylmethyl, (4-, 5-, or 6-) [(2- or 3-) pyridylcarbonylamino] -3-pyridylmethyl, 3, 5-dimethyl-4- Q
methoxy-2-pyridylmethyl, (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) [N- methylanilinomethyl) -2-pyridylmethyl, [-^-(N-methylanilino) - (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2- (3-furyl) - (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, 2- [2- (N-ethylanilino) - (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-)pyridyl]ethyl/ 3-[2-(-V-n-propylanllinp)-(3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-)pyridyl] propyl, 4- [2- (iV-n-butylanilino) - (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-)pyridyl]ethyl, 5- [2- (i\r-n-pentyl.anilino) - (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-)pyridyl]pentyl, 6- [2- (N-n-hexylanilino) - (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6- )pyridyl]hexyl, etc. Examples of cyano lower alkyl groups include cyanoalkyl groups wherein the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkyl group, such as cyanomethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 1-cyanoethyl, 3-cyanopropyl, 4-cyanobutyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- cyanoethyl, 5-cyanopentyl, 6-cyanohexyl, 1-cyanoisopropyl, 2- methyl-3-cyanopropyl, etc.
Examples of quinolyl lower alkyl groups include quinolylalkyl groups wherein- the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkyl group, such as [ (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] methyl, 2- [(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] ethyl, l-[(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] ethyl, 3- [(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] propyl, 4-[(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] butyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- [ (2-., 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] ethyl, 5-[(2-, -3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl]pentyl, β-[(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl]hexyl, l-[(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-) quinolyl] isopropyl, 2-methyl-3- [ (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or - 8) quinolyl] propyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkoxy lower alkoxy-substituted lower alkyl groups include alkoxyalkoxy-substituted alkyl groups wherein each of the two alkoxy moieties is a straight or branched Cχ-6 alkoxy group and the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl group, such as methoxymethoxymethyl, 2- (methoxymethoxy) ethyl, 1- (ethoxymethoxy) ethyl, 3- (2-n-butoxyethoxy) propyl, 4-(3-Λ- propoxypropoxy) butyl, 1, l-dimethyl-2- (4r^- pentyloxybutoxy) ethyl, 5- (5-π-hexyloxypentyloxy)pentyl, 6-(6- methoxyhexyloxy)hexyl, 1-ethoxymethoxyisopropyl, 2-methyl-3- (2-methoxyethoxy) propyl, 3, 3-dimethyl-3- (methoxymethoxy) propyl, etc.
Examples of hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl groups include straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl groups substituted with one to three hydroxy groups, such as hydroxymethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2,3- dihydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 3, 4-dihydroxybutyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-hydroxyethyl, ' 5-hydroxypentyl, β-hydroxyhexyl, 3, 3-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl, 2-methyl-3-hydroxypropyl, 2, 3, 4-trihydroxybutyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkanoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include straight and branched Ci_6 alkanoyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, hexanoyl, chloroacetyl, dibromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, 3- chloropropionyl, • 4-fluorobutyryl, 5-bromopentanoyl, 6- chlorohexanoyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include alkoxycarbonyl groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight ' or branched Ci_6 alkoxy group optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as, in addition to the above- described lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, trifluoromethoxycarbonyl, trichloromethoxycarbonyl, chloromethoxycarbonyl, bromomethoxycarbonyl, fluoromethoxycarbonyl, iodomethoxycarbonyl, difluoromethoxycarbonyl, dibromomethoxycarbonyl, 2- chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2, 2,'2-trifluoroethoxycarbonyl, 2,2,2- trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 3-chloropropoxycarbonyl, 2,3- dichloropropoxycarbonylj 4, 4, 4-trichlorobutoxycarbonyl, 4- fluorobutoxycarbonyl, 4, 4, 4-trifluorobutoxycarbonyl, 5- chloropentyloxycarbonyl, 3-chloro-2-metkylpropoxycarbonyl, 5- bromohexyloxycarbonyl, 5, 6-dibroitιohexyloxycarbonyl/ etc.
Examples of lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include straight or branched Ci_6 alkoxy groups optionally ' substituted with one to three halogen atoms, such as, in addition to the above- described lower alkoxy groups, trifluoromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, chloromethoxy, bromomethoxy, fluoromethoxy, iodomethoxy, difluoromethoxy, dibromomethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy, 2,2, 2-trifluoroethoxy, 2, 2, 2-trichloroethoxy, 3-chloropropoxy, 2, 3-dichloropropoxy, 4, 4, 4-trichlorobutoxy, 4-fluorobutoxy, 5-chloropentyloxy, 3~chloro-2-methylpropoxy, 5-bromohexyloxy, 5, β-dibromohexyloxy, etc.
Examples of lower alkanoyl groups include straight or branched Cχ-6 alkanoyl groups, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, hexanoyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkanoyl amino groups include amino groups substituted with one or two straight and/or • branched Ci_6 alkanoyl groups, such as formylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, butyrylamino, isobutyrylamino, pentanoylamino, tert-butylcarbonylamino, hexanoylamino, N,N- diacetylamino, N-acetyl-Itf-propionylamino, etc. .
Eamples of "phenylsulfonyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoy amino groups" include: phenylsulfonyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or two members selected from the group
/ consisting of halogen atoms, the above-described lower alkyl groups" optionally substituted with one t;o three halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, the above-described lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one to three
•■w halogen atoms, a cyano group, and the above-described lower alkanoylamino groups; such as phenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) chlorophenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) flubrophenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) bromophenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) iodophenylsulfonyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3,5-) dichlorophenylsulfonyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3, 5-) difluorophenylsulfonyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3, 5-) dibromophenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or A-) methylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) ethylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-)propylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) isopropylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-)pentylphenylsulfonyl, (2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4-, or 3, 5-) dimethylphenylsulfonyl, (2,3,4-, 2,3,5-, 2,3,6-, 2,4,5-, 2,4,6-, or 3,4,5-) trimethylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) chloromethylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) dichloromethylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) [ (1- or 2-) chloroethyl] phenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) phenylphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) phenoxyphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-)methoxyphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) ethoxyphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-)propoxyphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) chloromethoxyphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-)dichloromethoxyphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) trifluoromethoxyphenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) [ (1- or 2-) chloroethoxy] phenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) cyanophenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) formylaminophenylsulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) acetylaminophenyl sulfonyl, (2-, 3-, or 4-) propionylaminophenylsulfonyl, 2-methyl-3-chlorophenylsulfonyl, etc.
Examples of naphthylsulfonyl groups include (1- or 2-) naphthylsulfonyl groups.
Examples of lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups include straight or branched Ci_6 alkyl groups optionally; substituted with one to three phenyl groups, such as, in addition to the above- described lower alkyl groups, phenylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2, 2, 2-triphenylethyl, 3- phenylpropyl, 2, 3-diphenylpropyl, 4, 4, 4-triphenylbutyl, 4- phenylbutyl, 5-phenylpentyl, β-phenylhexyl, 5, β-diphenylhexyl, etc.
Examples of carboxy lower alkoxy groups include carboxyalkoxy groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkoxy group, such as carboxymethoxy, 2- carboxyethoxy, 1-carboxyethoxy, 3-carboxypropoxy, 4- carboxybutoxy, 5-carboxypentyloxy, 6-carboxyhexyloxy, 1,1- dimethyl-2-carboxyethoxy, 2-methyl-3-carboxypropoxy, etc. Examples of lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy groups include alkoxycarbonylalkoxy groups wherein each of the two alkoxy moieties is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkoxy group, such as methoxycarbonylmethoxy, ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, 2-methoxycarbonylethoxy, 2-ethoxycarbonylethoxy, 1- ethoxycarbonylethoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylpropoxy, 3- ethoxycarbonylpropoxy, 4-ethoxycarbonylbutoxy, 5- isopropoxycarbonylpentyloxy, 6-Ω-propoxycarbonylhexyloxy, 1, l-dimethyl-2-n-butoxycarbonylethoxy, 2-methyl-3-tert- butoxycarbonylpropoxy, 2-π-pentyloxycarbonylethoxy, n- hexyloxycarbonylmethoxy, etc. Examples of amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups include amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of straight and branched Ci_6 alkyl groups and straight and branched Ci_6 alkanoyl groups, such as amino, methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino, n-butylamino, tert-butylamino, n-pentylamino, n-hexylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, di-n-propylamino, di-n-butylamino, di-ii-pentylamino, di-Η-hexylamino, ΛJ-methyl N-ethylamino, l\J-ethyl-N-.n-propylamino, N-methyl-N-n- butylamino, AHnethyl-iV-n-hexylamino, fqrmylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, butyrylammo, isobutyrylammo, pentanoylammo, tert-butylcarbonylamino, hexanoylamino, iV^AZ-diacetylamino, N- acetyl-N-propionylamino, iV-methyl-N-acetylamino, N-ethyl-N- propionylamino, etc.
Examples of pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups include pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or two oxo groups, such as (1-, 2-, or 3-) pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-(l-, 3-, 4-, or 5-) pyrrolidinyl, 2,5-dioxo(l- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl, etc.
Examples of piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups include piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one to three straight and/or branched C±-β alkyl groups, such as (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-methyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, l-ethyl-(2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-n-propyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-)piperidinyl, 1-isopropyl- (2-, 3- or 4-) piperidinyl, l-n-butyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-n-pentyl- (2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-n- hexyl-(2-, 3-, or 4-) piperidinyl, 1, 2-dimethyl- (3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinyl, 1, 2, 3-trimethyl- (4-, 5-, or β-) piperidinyl, 2-n-propyl- (1-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinyl, 3-ethyl-(l-, 2-, 4-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinyl, 2-methyl-4-isopropyl- (1-, 3-, 5-, or 6-) piperidinyl, etc.
Examples of lower alkenyl groups include straight or branched C≥-e alkenyl groups containing one to three double bonds, such as vinyl, 1-propenyl, 1-methyl-l-propenyl, 2- methyl-1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 1-butenyl, 3- butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 1-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1,3- butadienyl, 1, 3-pentadienyl, 2-pentene-4-yl, 2-hexenyl, 1- hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 3, 3-dimethyl-l- propenyl, 2-ethyl-l-propenyl, 1, 3, 5-hexatrienyl, 1,3- hexadienyl, 1, 4-hexadienyl, etc. Examples of carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups include carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or two straight and/or branched Ci-6 alkyl groups, such as carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl, n-propylcarbamoyl, isopropylcarbamoyl, n- butylcarbamoyl, tert-butylcarbamoyl, n-pentylcarbamoyl, n- hexylcarbamoyl, dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, di-n- propylcarbamoyl, di-n-butylcarbamoyl, di-n-pentylcarbamoyl, di-n-hexylcarbamoyl, N-methyl-I\J-ethylcarbamoyl, N-ethγl~N-n- propylcarbamoyl, N-methyl-AF-n-butylcarbamoyl, -\J-methyl-l\7-n- hexylcarbamoyl, etc.
Examples of "phenyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; lower alkylthio groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups; pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups; piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; lower alkenyl groups; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group; carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups; phenyl lower alkoxy groups; and a cyano group" include: phenyl groups optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one to three members selected from the group consisting of the above-described halogen atoms; the above- described straight and branched Ci-6 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; the above-described straight and branched Ci_6 alkoxy groups ' optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms; the above-described straight and branched Ci_6 alkylthio groups; the above-described straight and branched Ci_6 alkylsulfonyl groups; the above-described amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of straight and branched Ci-6 alkyl groups and straight and branched Ci-6 alkanoyl groups; the above- described pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or two oxo groups; the above- described piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one to three straight and/or branched Ci-6 alkyl groups; the above-described straight or branched C2- 6 alkenyl groups containing one to three double bonds; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group; the above-described carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or two straight and/or branched Cχ-6 alkyl groups; the above- described phenylalkoxy groups wherein the alkoxy moiety is a straight or branched Ci-6 alkoxy group; and a cyano group; such as phenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl, 3-phenoxyphenyl, 2-phenoxyphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 3-isopropylphenyl, 2- isopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 3- methylphenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2, 3-dimethylphenyl, 2,4- dimethylphenyl, 3, 5-dimethylphenyl, 2, 4, β-trimethylphenyl, 4- methyl-3-methoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3- trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-methyl-3- chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3, 4-dichlorophenyl, 3, 5-dichlorophenyl, 3, 4, 5-trichlorophenyl, 2, 4, 6-trifluorophenyl, 3, 5-difluorophenyl, 3-chloro-4- fluorophenyl, 2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl, 3-fluoro-4- methoxyphenyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl, 3-chloro-4- hydroxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 2- methoxyphenyl, 2, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl,
2, 4, 6-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-5-chlorophenyl, 2-methoxy- 5-acetylaminophenyl, 2-chloro-5-acetylaminophenyl, 4- ethoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3- trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-methoxy- 5-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-methylthiophenyl, 3- methylthiophenyl, 2-methylthiophenyl, 2or..(l-methyl-l- vinyl) phenyl, 4-vinylphenyl, 3-dimethylaminophenyl, 4- methylaminophenyl, 2- (-V-methyl-iV-acetylamino) phenyl, 3- acetylaminophenyl, 4-propionylaminophenyl, 4- acetylaminophenyl, 2-acetylaminophenyl, 4-aminosulfonylphenyl, 3-aminosulfonylphenyl, 2-aminosulfonylphenyl, 4- methylthiophenyl, 3-methylthiophenyl, 2-methylthiophenyl, 4- methylsulfonylphenyl, 3-methylsulfonylphenyl, 2- methylsulfonylphenyl, 4-methylcarbamoylphenyl, 3- carbamoylphenyl, 2-ethylcarbamoylphenyl, 2-benzyloxyphenyl, 3-benzyloxyphenyl, 4-benzyloxyphenyl, 2-phenylphenyl, 3- phenylphenyl, 4-phenylphenyl, 2-cyanophenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4- [2-oxo- (1-, 3-, 4-, or 5-) yrrolidinyl] phenyl, 3- [2, 5-dioxo- (1- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] phenyl, 4- [4-methyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl] phenyl, 3- [4-ethyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl] phenyl, 2- [4-isopropyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl] phenyl, etc.
Examples of cycloalkyl groups optionally substituted on the cycloalkyl ring with one or more lower alkyl groups include C3-8 cycloalkyl groups optionally substituted on the cycloalkyl ring with one to three straight and/or branched Ci-6 alkyl groups, such as, in addition to the above-described cycloalkyl groups, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 1- methylcyclopentyl, 1-methylcyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 1- methylcyclobutyl, 1-ethylcyclooctyl, 1-ii-propylcycloheptyl, 1, 2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 1, 4, 5-trimethylcyclooctyl, 1-n- butylcyclopropyl, 1-n-pentylcyclopentyl, l-n-hexylcyclohexyl, etc.
The compounds of the present invention can be produced according to, for example, Reaction Schemes 1 to 9. All the starting materials and target compounds shown in Reaction Schemes 1 to 9 may be in the form of suitable salts. Examples of such salts are as described for the compound of Formula (1) below. Reaction Scheme 1
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000041_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3, X, and n are as defined above, R15 is a hydrogen atom or lower alkyl group, and A4 represents a direct bond or lower alkylene group, provided that the total number of carbon atoms of the group substituting the carbazole skeleton, i.e., -CH (R15) -A4-, is no greater than 6.
The reaction of Compound (2) with Compound (3) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound or acid. Examples of solvents usable herein are aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme and diglyme; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride; lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol and ethylene glycol; aliphatic acids such as acetic acid; acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride; esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; acetonitrile; pyridine; dimethyl sulfoxide; Λ^N-dimethylformamide; hexamethylphosphoric triamide; mixed solvents of such solvents, etc.
Examples of basic compounds are carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogenca^bonate and cesium carbonate; metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide; sodium hydride; potassium hydride; potassium; sodium; sodium amide; metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate, sodium ethylate and sodium n-butoxide; piperidine, pyridine, imidazole, N- ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, JV-methylmorpholine, 1,5- diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (DBU), 1,4- diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), and other organic bases and mixtures thereof.
Examples of acids are organic acids such as p- toluenesulfonic acid and other sulfonic acids, and acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid and other aliphatic acids; inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, and phosphoric acid; and mixtures thereof.
In the present invention, a basic compound and an acid may be used in combination.
Basic compound or acid is usually used in a catalytic amount, and preferably about 0.01 to about 1 mol, per mol of Compound (2) .
Compound (3) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably about 1 to about 2 mol, per mol of Compound (2) .
The reaction is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 2000C, and preferably about room temperature to about 1500C. The reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 20 hours.
The reaction for producing Compound (Ib) from
Compound (Ia) is carried out, for example, either without a solvent or in a suitable solvent, in the presence of a reducing agent . Examples of solvents usable herein are water, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol and ethylene glycol, acetonitrile, aliphatic acids such as formic acid and acetic acid, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme and diglyme, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride, N,N- dimethylformamide, mixtures of such solvents, etc.
Examples of reducing agents are mixtures of silicon dioxide and pyridine compounds such as diethyl 1,4-dihydro- 2, 6-dimethyl-3, 5-pyridinedicarboxylate; sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxy borohydride, aluminium lithium hydride, and other hydride reducing agents; mixtures of such hydride reducing agents; palladium black, palladium carbon, platinum oxide, platinum black, Raney nickel, and other catalytic hydrogenation reducing agents; etc.
When a mixture of a pyridine compound and silicon dioxide is used as a reducing agent, a suitable reaction temperature is usually about room temperature to about 2000C, and preferably about room temperature to about 1500C. The reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 50 hours. The pyridine compound is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 3 ruol, per mol of Compound (Ia) . Silicon dioxide is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 10 mol, per mol of Compound (Ia) .
When a hydride reducing agent is used, a suitable reaction temperature is usually about -80 to about 1000C and preferably about -80 to about 700C. The reaction is usually finished in about 30 minutes to about 60 hours. The hydride reducing agent is usually used in an amount of about 0.1 to about 20 mol, and preferably about 0.1 to about 6 mol, per mol of Compound (Ib). In particular, when lithium borohydride is used as a hydride reducing agent, it is preferable to use diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme, diglyme, and other ethers, and benzene, toluene, xylene, and other aromatic hydrocarbons as solvents. Amine such as pyridine, trimethylamine, triethylamine and JV- ethyldiisopropylamine; inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide; and/or ligand such as dimethylglyoxime, 2,2'- bipyridyl and 1, 10-phenanthroline may be added to the reaction system of the reaction. When sodium borohydride is used as a hydride reducing agent, one or more cobalt compounds such as cobalt (II) chloride, cobalt (III) chloride and cobalt (II) acetate may be added to the reaction system of the reaction in the presence of amine such as pyridine, trimethylamine, triethylamine and IV-ethyldiisopropylamine; inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide; and/or ligand such as dimethylglyoxime, 2, 2' -bipyridyl and 1, 10-phenanthroline.
When a catalytic hydrogenation reducing agent is used, the reaction is usually carried out at about -30 to about 1000C, and preferably about 0 to about 1000C, in a hydrogen atmosphere of about atmospheric pressure to about 20 atm, and preferably about atmospheric pressure to about 10 atm, or in the presence of formic acid, ammonium formate, cyclohexene, hydrazine hydrate, or like hydrogen donor. The reaction is usually finished in about 1 to about 12 hours. The catalytic hydrogenation reducing agent is usually used in an amount of about 0.01 to about 5 times, and preferably about 1 to about 3 times, the weight of Compound (Ia) .
Reaction Scheme 2
Figure imgf000045_0001
wherein R1, R2, and n are as defined above; Xi is a halogen atom; and R16 is a lower alkyl group. Compound (Ic) is produced by reacting Compound (4) and Compound (5) in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound followed by acid treatment. This acid treatment is hereinafter referred to as "Acid Treatment A". Examples of solvents usable herein are water, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 2- methoxyethanol, monoglyme and diglyme, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol and ethylene glycol, aliphatic acids such as acetic acid, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, .WVN-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, mixed solvents of such solvents, etc.
Examples of basic compounds are carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate and cesium carbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, potassium, sodium, sodium amide, metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate, sodium ethylate and sodium Ω-butoxide, sodium acetate, piperidine, pyridine, imidazole, I\J-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, N- methylmorpholine, DBN, DBU, DABCO, other organic bases, and mixtures thereof.
Basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least about 1 mol, and preferably about 1 to about 3 mol, per mol of Compound (4) .
Compound (5) is usually used in an amount of at least about 1 mol, and preferably about 1 to about 2 mol, per mol of Compound (4) . The reaction is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 2000C, and preferably about room temperature to about 150°C. The reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 10 hours.
Examples of acids usable in acid-treating the reaction product are inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, and the like. Such acids are usually used in a large excess relative to the reaction product to be treated.
Examples of solvents usable in the acid treatment include those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (4) with Compound (5) above.
The acid treatment is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 2000C, and preferably about room temperature to about 15O0C. The acid treatment is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 30 hours.
The reaction of Compound (4) with Compound (6) is carried out under the same conditions selected for the reaction of Compound (4) with Compound (5) . Reaction Scheme 3
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein R1, R2, X, A, Xi, and n are as defined above; and R3a is a group other than a hydrogen atom as defined in connection with R3 above.
The reaction of Compound (Ie) and Compound (7) is carried out in a suitable inert solvent in the presence of a basic compound.
Examples of inert solvents usable herein are aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 2- methoxyethanol, monoglyme and diglyme, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol and ethylene glycol, aliphatic acids such as acetic acid, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, iV,I\J-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, mixed solvents of such solvents, etc.
Examples of basic compounds are carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate and cesium carbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, potassium, sodium, sodium amide, metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate, sodium ethylate, sodium ii-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide and potassium tert-butoxide, pyridine, imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, t.,rimethylamine, dimethylaniline, iV-methylmorpholine, DBN, DBU, DABCO, other organic bases, and mixtures thereof.
Basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 10 mol, 'per mol of Compound (Ie) .
Compound (7) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 10 mol, per mol of Compound (Ie) . The reaction is usually carried out at about 0 to about 2000C, and preferably 0 to about 1500C. The reaction is usually finished in about 5 minutes to about 80 hours.
Sodium iodide, potassium iodide, or like alkali metal halide compound may be introduced into the reaction system of the reaction.
When a Compound (Ie) in which X is sulfur is used in the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7), a compound represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3a, A, and n are as defined above, is sometimes generated. This compound can be easily separated from the reaction mixture. Reaction Scheme 4
Figure imgf000048_0002
wherein R2, R3, X, A, X1, and n are as defined above, and Rla is a group other than a hydrogen atom as defined in connection with R1.
The reaction of Compound (Ih) with Compound (10) is carried out under the same conditions as described in connection with the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above. Reaction Scheme 5
Figure imgf000049_0001
wherein R2, R3, X, A, and n are as defined above; Rlb is a group as defined in (1-9) in connection with R1 above; and Rlc is a group as defined in (1-8) in connection with R1 above.
The reaction to produce Compound (Im) from Compound (11) is carried out by hydrolyzing Compound (11) .
This hydrolysis reaction is performed, for example, either in a suitable solvent or without a solvent, in the presence of an acid or basic compound.
Examples of usable solvents are water, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and tert- butanol, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, monoglyme and diglyme, aliphatic acids such as acetic acid and formic acid, esters such as methyl acetate and ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, dimethyl sulfoxide, iV,-V-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, mixed solvents of such solvents, etc.
Examples of acids are mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrobromic acid; and organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and other sulfonic acids. Such acids may be used^singly or as a combination of two or more such acids.
Examples of basic compounds are carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate and potassium hydrogencarbonate; metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide; etc. Such basic compounds may be used singly or as a combination of two or more such compounds . The hydrolysis reaction advantageously proceeds usually at about 0 to about 2000C, and preferably about 0 to about 1500C. The reaction is usually finished in about 10 minutes to about 30 hours.
The reaction for producing Compound (11) from Compound (Im) can be carried out by reacting Compound (Im) with a compound represented by the formula
R23OH (50) wherein R23 is a lower alkyl group.
Conditions usually selected for esterification reactions are applicable to the reaction. For example, it may be carried out in the presence of one or more mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, etc, and/or one or more halogenating agents such as thionyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus trichloride, etc. Compound (50) is used in a large excess relative to Compound (Im) . The reaction advantageously progresses usually at about 0 to about 1500C, and preferably about 50 to about 1000C. The reaction is usually finished in about 1 to about 10 hours. Reaction Scheme 6
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein R2, R3, X, A, and n are as defined above; Rld is a group as defined in (1-3) in connection with R1 above except for having at least one lower alkoxycarbonyl group on the phenyl ring; and-Rle is a group as defined in (1-3) in connection with R1 above except for having at least one carboxy group on the phenyl ring.
The reaction for producing Compound (Iv) from Compound (Iu) is carried out under the same conditions as described in connection with the reaction for producing Compound (Im) from Compound (11) shown in Reaction Scheme 5 above .
The reaction for producing Compound (Iu) from Compound (Iv) is carried out under the same conditions as described in connection with the reaction for producing Compound (11) from Compound (Im) shown in Reaction Scheme 5 above . Reaction Scheme 7
Figure imgf000051_0002
wherein R2, R3, X, A, and n are as defined above; Rlk is a group as defined in (1-3) in connection with R1 above except for having at least one nitro group on the phenyl ring; and R11 is a group as defined in (1-3) in connection with R1 above except for having at least one amino group on the phenyl ring. The reaction for producing Compound (Ice) from v- Compound (lbb) can be carried out by, for example, (1) reducing Compound (lbb) in a suitable solvent using a catalytic hydrogenation reducing agent, or (2) reducing Compound (lbb) in a suitable inert solvent using as a reducing agent a mixture of an acid with a metal or metal salt, a mixture of a metal or metal salt with an alkali metal hydroxide, sulfide, or ammonium salt, or the like.
When using Method (1) above, examples of usable solvents are water, acetic acid, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and cyclohexane, ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether and diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, aprotic polar solvents such as IV^-lV-dimethylformamide, mixtures of such solvents, etc. Examples of usable catalytic hydrogenation reducing agents include palladium, palladium black, palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum, platinum oxide, copper chromite, Raney nickel, etc. Such reducing agents may be used singly or as a combination of two or more such agents. Reducing agent is usually used in an amount of about 0.02 times to equal to the weight of Compound (lbb) . The reaction temperature is usually about -20 to about 1500C, and preferably about 0 to about 1000C. The hydrogen pressure is usually about 1 to 10 atm. The reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 100 hours. An acid such as ■ hydrochloric acid may be introduced into the reaction system of the reaction.
When using Method (2) above, a mixture of iron, zinc, tin, or tin (II) chloride, with a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or sulfuric acid; or a mixture of iron, iron (II) sulfate, zinc, or tin, with an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide, a sulfide such as ammonium sulfide, aqueous ammonia, or an ammonium 'salt such as ammonium chloride, or the like can be used as a reducing agent. Examples of inert solvents are y;ater, acetic acid,
"v- alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane, mixtures of such solvents, etc. Conditions for the reduction reaction can be suitably selected according to the reducing agent to be used. For example, when a mixture of tin (II) chloride and hydrochloric acid is used as a reducing agent, it is advantageous to carry out the reaction at about 0 to about 1500C for about 0.5 to about 10 hours. Reducing agent is used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and usually about 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (lbb) . Reaction Scheme 8
Figure imgf000053_0001
wherein R2, R3, X, A, and n are as defined above; Rlm is a group as defined in (1-10) in connection with R1 above except for having at least one halogen atom on the pyridine ring;
Rln is a group as defined in (1-10) in connection with R1 above except for having on the pyridine ring at least one member selected from piperidinyl groups; morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; and anilino groups optionally substituted caa the amino group with one or more lower alkyl groups;
RlD is a group as defined in (1-10) in connection with R1 above except for having at least one member selected from thienyl groups optionally having one or more halogen atoms, phenyl groups optionally having one or more halogen atoms, pyridyl groups and biphenyl groups;
R19 is a piperidinyl group; morpholino group; piperazinyl group optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; anilino group optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; pyridylamino group; or pyridylcarbonylamino group;
R20 is a thienyl group optionally having one or more halogen atoms, phenyl group optionally having one or more halogen atoms, pyridyl group, or biphenyl group;
M is an alkali metal such as lithium, potassium, sodium or the like, -MgXi (Xi is as defined above) , -ZnXi (Xi is as defined above), or -B(OH)2; Y is a lower alkyl group; q is 1 to 4; and r is 1 to 3, provided that q + r equals 4.
The reaction of Compound (ldd) with Compound (21) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound and a catalyst.
Examples of solvents and basic compounds usable herein include those that are usable in the reaction of
Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above . Examples of catalysts are bis (tributyltin) /bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium, R- tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, S- tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, palladium (II) acetate, and other palladium compounds; R-2, 2' -bis (diphenylphosphino) - l,l'-binaphthyl (.R-BINAP), S-2, 2' -bis (diphenylphosphino) - l,l'-binaphthyl (S-BINAP), RAC-2, 2" -bisf\(diphenylphosphino) - l,l'-binaphthyl (#ΛC-BINAP) , 2,2- bis (diphenylimidazolidinylidene) , and other compounds; 4,5- bis (diphenylphosphino) -9, 9-dimethylxanthene, and other xanthene compounds; tert-butylphosphine, 'tert-butylphosphine tetrafluoroborate, and other alkylphosphines; salts thereof; mixtures thereof; etc.
Basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 2 mol, per mol of Compound (ldd) .
Catalyst is used in a typical catalytic amount relative to Compound (ldd).
Compound (21) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 2 mol, per mol of Compound (ldd) .
The reaction is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 200°C, and preferably about room temperature to about 1500C. The reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 20 hours. The reaction of Compound (ldd) with Compound (22a) or (22b) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound and a catalyst.
Solvents usable herein include, in addition to water, those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above.
Basic compounds usable herein include those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above.
Examples of catalysts are tetrakis (triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) , dichlorobis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) , and other palladium compounds.
Basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (ldd) Catalyst is usually used in a>n amount of 0.001 to 1 w mol, and preferably 0.01 to 0.5 mol, per mol of Compound (Idd) .
Compound (21) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (Idd).
The reaction is usually carried out at about -30 to about 2000C, and preferably about 0 to about 1500C. The reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 20 hours. [0160]
With respect to the reaction, when M is an alkali metal salt or MgXi, the reaction proceeds in the absence of basic compound and catalyst. Reaction Scheme 9
Figure imgf000056_0001
wherein R1, R3, X, A, and Xi are as defined above; R2a is a group as defined in (2-2), (2-4), and (2-5) in connection with R2 above; and R21 is a lower alkyl group; carboxy lower alkyl group; or lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group.
The reaction of Compound (lgg) with Compound (23) is carried out under the same conditions as described in connection with the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above. Compound (2) used as a starting material as shown in the reaction scheme given above can be produced according to, for example, Reaction Scheme 10 below. Other starting materials are either known or easily obtainable by a known method. Reaction Scheme 10
Figure imgf000057_0001
wherein R la 15
R2 , R Xi, and n are as defined above.
The reaction for producing, from Compound (34) , Compound (2c) wherein R ,15 is a hydrogen atom, and the reaction for producing, from Compound (35), Compound (2d) wherein R15 is a hydrogen atom, are carried out, in a suitable solvent in the presence of a catalyst, by separately reacting Compound (34) and Compound (35) with a compound represented by
Xi(X2)CHOR24 (52) wherein Xi is as defined above, X2 is a halogen atom, and R24 is a lower alkyl group.
Solvents usable herein include those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (Idd) with Compound (22) shown in Reaction Scheme 8 above.
Examples of catalysts are titanium tetrachloride and other titanium compounds; tin (IV) chloride and other tin compounds; aluminium chloride and other aluminium compounds; etc. Catalyst is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (34) or (35) . Compound (52) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol,fvper mol of Compound (34) or (35) .
The reaction is usually carried out at about 0 to about 7O0C, and preferably about 0 to about 500C. The reaction is usually finished in about 1 minute to about 24 hours.
The reaction for producing, from Compound (34), Compound (2c) wherein R15 is a hydrogen atom, and the reaction for producing, from Compound (35) , Compound (2d) wherein R15 is a hydrogen atom, can be carried out, in the presence of a halogenating agent and an acid, by separately reacting Compound (34) and Compound (35) with p-formaldehyde and then hexamethylenetetramine.
Examples of halogenating agents usable herein are hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, etc. Examples of acids are sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and other inorganic acids; p-toluenesulfonic acid, formic acid, acetic acid, and other organic acids; and mixtures of such acids. Halogenating agent and acid are usually used in large excess. p-Formaldehyde is usually used in an amount at least 0.1 times, and preferably 0.1 times to equal to, Compound (34) or (35) .
Hexamethylenetetramine is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of compound (34) or (35) .
The reaction is usually carried out at about room temperature to about 1500C, and preferably about room temperature to about 1000C. The reaction is usually finished in about 0.5 to about 10 hours. The reaction for producing, from Compound (34),
Compound (2c) wherein R15 is a hydrogen atom and the reaction for producing, from Compound (35) , Compound (2d) wherein R15 is a hydrogen atom can be carried out, in a suitable solvent in the presence of an acid, by separately reacting Compound (34) and Compound (35) with hexamethylenetetramine. These reactions are generally galled Duff reactions. v- Acids usable herein are those that are preferably used in
Duff reactions, for example, acetic acid, boric acid/anhydrous glycerol, trifluoroacetic acid, rαethanesulfonic acid, etc. Acid is usually used in an amount at least equimolar, and preferably equimolar to a large excess, per mol of Compound (34) or (35) .
Solvents usable herein include those that are usable in the reaction of Compound (Idd) with Compound (22) shown in Reaction Scheme 8 above.
The reactions are usually carried out at about room temperature to about 2000C, and preferably about room temperature to about 15O0C. The reactions are usually finished in about 0.5 to about 10 hours. Compound (2c) wherein R15 is a lower alkyl group and Compound (2d) wherein R15 is a lower alkyl group are produced by separately reacting, in a suitable solvent in the presence of an acid, reacting Compound (34) and Compound (35) with a compound represented by XiCOR15a (53) wherein Xi is as described above and R15a is a lower alkyl group.
These reactions are generally called .Friedel-Crafts reactions and performed in a suitable solvent in the presence of a Lewis acid.
Lewis acids usable herein include any Lewis acids typically used in such Friedel-Crafts reactions, and examples are aluminium chloride, zinc chloride, iron chloride, tin (IV) chloride, boron tribromide, boron trifluoride, concentrated sulfuric acid, etc.
Examples of usable solvents are carbon disulfide, nitrobenzene, chlorobenzene, and other aromatic hydrocarbons; dichloromethane, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, tetrachloroethane, and other halogenated hydrocarbons; nitroethane, nitromethane, and other aliphatic nitro compounds; mixed solvents of such solvents; etc.
Lewis acid is usually used in an amount of 1 to 6 mol per mol of compounds (34) or (35) .
Compound (53) is usually used in an amount of at least 1 mol, and preferably 1 to 5 mol, per mol of Compound (34) or (35) .
The reactions are usually carried out at about 0 to about 1500C, and preferably about 0 to about 1000C. The reactions are usually finished in about 0.5 to about 25 hours. The reaction of Compound (34) with Compound (10) and the reaction of Compound (2c) with Compound (10) are carried out under the same conditions as described in connection with the reaction of Compound (Ie) with Compound (7) shown in Reaction Scheme 3 above. Each of the objective compounds obtained according to the above reaction schemes can be isolated and purified from the reaction mixture by, for example, after cooling the reaction mixture, performing an isolation procedure such as filtration, concentration, extraction, etc., to separate a crude reaction product, and then subjecting the crude reaction product to a usual purification procedure such as column chromatography, recrystallization, etc.
The compound of Formula (1) according to the present invention includes stereoisomers and optical isomers, and solvents such as hydrate, etc.
Among the compounds of the present invention, those having a basic group or groups can easily form salts with common pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Examples of such acids include hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and other inorganic acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartric acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, lactic acid and other organic acid, etc.
Among the compounds of the present invention, those having an acidic group or groups can easily form salts by reacting with pharmaceutically acceptable basic compounds. Examples of such basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, etc.
The following is an explanation of pharmaceutical preparations comprising the compound of the present invention as an active ingredient.
Such pharmaceutical preparations are obtained by formulating the compound of the present invention into usual pharmaceutical preparations, using usually employed diluents or excipients such as fillers, extenders, binders, wetting agents, disintegrants, surfactants, lubricants, etc.
The form of such pharmaceutical preparations can be selected from various forms according to the purpose of therapy. Typical examples include tablets, pills, powders, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules, capsules, suppositories, injections (solutions, suspensions, etc.) and the like. To form tablets, any of various known carriers can be used, including, for example, lactose, white sugar, sodium chloride, glucose, urea, starch, calcium carbonate, kaolin, crystalline cellulose and other excipients; water, ethanol, propanol, simple syrup, glucose solutions, starch solutions, gelatin solutions, carboxymethylcellulose, shellac, methylcellulose, potassium phosphate, polyvinylpyrrolidone and other binders; dry starch, sodium alginate, agar powder, laminaran powder, sodium hydrogencarbonate, calcium carbonate, fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylenesorbitan, sodium laurylsulfate, stearic acid monoglyceride, starch, lactose and other disintegrants; white sugar, stearin, cacao butter, hydrogenated oils and other disintegration inhibitors; quaternary ammonium base, sodium lauryl sulfate and other absorption promoters; glycerin, starch and other wetting agents; starch, lactose, kaolin, bentonite, colloidal silicic acid and other adsorbents; purified tale, stearates, boric acid powder, polyethylene glycol and other lubricants; etc.
Such tablets may be coated with usual coating materials as required, to prepare, for example, sugar-coated tablets, gelatin-coated tablets, enteric-coated tablets, film-coated tablets, double- or multi-layered tablets, etc.
To form pills, any of various known carriers can be used, including, for example, glucose, lactose, starch, cacao butter, hydrogenated vegetable oils, kaolin, talc and other excipients; gum arable powder, tragacanth powder, gelatin, ethanol and other binders; laminaran, agar and other disintegrants; etc.
To form suppositories, any of various known carriers can be used, including, for example, polyethylene glycol, cacao butter, higher alcohols, esters of higher alcohols, gelatin, semisynthetic glycerides, etc.
To form an injection, a solution, emulsion or suspension is sterilized and preferably made isotonic with blood. Any of various known widely used diluents can be employed to prepare the solution, emulsion or suspension.
Examples of such diluents include water, ethanol, propylene glycol, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohol, polyoxylated isostearyl alcohol, fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylene sorbitan, etc. In this case, the pharmaceutical preparation may contain sodium chloride, glucose or glycerin in an amount sufficient to prepare an isotonic solution, and may contain usual solubilizers, buffers, analgesic agents, etc., and further, if necessary, coloring agents, preservatives, flavors, sweetening agents, etc., and/or other medicines. The proportion of the compound of the present invention in the pharmaceutical preparation is not limited and can be suitably selected from a wide range. It is usually preferable that the pharmaceutical preparation contain the compound of the present invention in a proportion of 1 to 70 wt. %. The route of administration of the pharmaceutical preparation according to the present invention is not limited, and the preparation is administered by a route suitable for the form of the preparation, patient's age and sex, conditions of the disease, and other conditions. For example, tablets, pills, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules and capsules are administered orally. Injections are intravenously administered singly or as mixed with usual injection transfusions such as glucose solutions, amino acid solutions or the like, or singly administered intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously or intraperitoneally, as required. Suppositories are administered intrarectally.
The dosage of the pharmaceutical preparation is suitably selected according to the method of use, patient's age and sex, severity of the disease, and other conditions, and is usually about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight/day, and preferably 0.001 to 50 mg/kg body weight/day, in single or divided doses.
Since the dosage varies depending on various conditions, a dosage smaller than the above range may be sufficient or a dosage larger than the above range may be required.
The compound of the present invention induces TFF production, such as TFF2 production, and thus is useful as an active ingredient of a TFF inducer (up-regulator) , particularly TFF2 inducer.
The compound of the present invention can be used, based on its TFF production inducing activity, as an agent for preventing or treating various diseases, for example, mucosal injury, in human and veterinary medicines. Specific examples of diseases for which preventive or therapeutic effects can be obtained based on TFF production inducing activity, particularly TFF2 production inducing activity, include acute and chronic alimentary tract diseases of various origins (e.g., drug-induced ulcers, peptic gastric ulcers, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's dis.ease, drug-induced enteritis, ischemic colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcers developed after endoscopic demucosation, acute gastritis, chronic gastritis, reflux esophagitis, esophageal ulcer, Barrett esophagus, gastrointestinal mucositis (such as gastrointestinal mucositis caused by chemotherapy, radiotherapy, etc.), hemorrhoidal diseases, etc.); oral diseases (e.g., stomatitis (such as stomatitis caused by chemotherapy or radiotherapy, aphthous stomatitis, etc.), Sjogren syndrome, xerostomia, etc.); upper respiratory tract diseases (e.g., rhinitis, pharyngitis, etc.); respiratory tract diseases (e.g., bronchial asthma, chronic obstructive lung diseases, etc.); eye diseases (e.g., dry eye, keratoconjunctivitis, etc.); cancers; wounds; etc. The compound of the present invention has few side effects and is highly safe.
The compounds of formula (1) and salts thereof encompassed by the present invention can be administered in combination with TFF peptides (TFFl, TFF2, TFF3, etc.), other type of compounds having an inducing activity of TFF production, and/or other drugs (such as, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-ulcer drugs, etc) .
The patents, patent applications and publications cited herein are incorporated by reference.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
Fig. 1 shows a comparison between the nucleotide sequence of the PCR product cloned to the plasmid pCR-Blunt-
TFF2pro (Sequence Number 1 in Sequence Listing) and the counterpart of the hTFF2 promoter region reported in a gene bank (GenBank accession AB038162) .
Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention The following Examples are intended to illustrate the present invention in further detail^'..
Reference Example 1
Synthesis of 9- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde To 500 ml of dichloromethane was dissolved 17.1 g
(64 mmol) of 9- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazole.
Subsequently, 8.7 ml (97 mmol) of dichloromethyl methyl ether was added to the resultant solution at room temperature, and the resultant mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath. To the resultant solution was added 22.3 ml (161 mmol) of titanium tetrachloride dropwise while keeping the temperature below 1O0C (for about one hour). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into 1.5 1 of iced water, and the insoluble matter was then filtered out to separate the filtrate. An aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane, the combined organic layer was washed with water twice and with saturated brine once. The washed organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate followed by filtration, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 9 : 1) , and the resultant purified material was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, obtaining 10.7 g of white powder 9- (2,2,2- trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde (yield: 51%). 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ (ppm) : 7.53 (IH, d, J = 7.5 Hz),
7.60-7.64 (IH, m) , 8.04 (IH, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.2 Hz), 8.08 (IH, dd, J = 7.7Hz, J = 0.7 Hz), 8.14 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 8.23 (IH, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.80 (IH, s) , 10.14 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 2
Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-formylcarbazole-9-carboxylate
A tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution containing 0.20 g
(1.0 mmol) of 9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde and 25 mg (0.2 mmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine was cooled with ice. After adding 0.47 ml (3.3 mmol) of triethylamine and 0.52 ml (2.2 mmol) of di-tert-butyldicarbonate, the _>-resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature overnigh't. The resultant reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue thereof was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The resultant solution was then washed with water and saturated brine. The thus-obtained solution was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate followed by filtration, and then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 0.33 g
(quantitative yield) of pale yellow powder tert-butyl 3- formylcarbazole-9-carboxylate .
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ (ppm) : 1.78 (9H, s) , 7.41 (IH, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.53 (IH, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.98-8.00 (IH, in) , 8.05 (IH, dd, J = 7.6 Hz, J = 0.4 Hz), 8.29 (IH, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 8.46 (IH, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.49 (IH, t, J = 0.7 Hz), 10.12 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 3 Synthesis of 9-cyclohexylmethyl-9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde
Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 0.44 g, 11 mmol) was washed with n-hexane, and then suspended in 5 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF) . A DMF solution (5 ml) containing 1.95 g (10 mmol) of 9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde was added to the suspension while cooling with ice, and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The thus-obtained suspension was cooled with ice again, after adding 1.54 ml (11 mmol) of cyclohexylmethylbromide thereto, the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The thus-obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine. The washed organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) . Subsequently, the purified material was then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 2.21 g (yield: 76%) of pale yellow powder g-cyclohexylmethyl-SH-carbazole-.S-carbaldehyde . Melting point: 128.80C
Reference Example 4 Synthesis of ethyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -l-methyl-9H-carbazole-3- carboxylate
To a DMF solution containing 0.55 g (2.2 πunol) of ethyl l-methyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate was added 96 mg (2.4 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% in oil) while cooling with ice, followed by stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes. The thus-obtained reactant was cooled with ice again, 0.60 g (2.4 mmol) of 4-bromobenzylbromide was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Water was added to the reaction mixture, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The thus-obtained organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The resultant dry substance was subjected to filtration and concentrated under reduced pressure. Subsequently, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n- hexane : ethyl acetate = 10 : 1 to 6 : 1) and the resultant purified material was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 0.93 g (quantitative yield) of white powder ethyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -l-methyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.45 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.43 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.74 (2H, s) , 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.21-7.50 (5H, m) , 7.88 (IH, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 8.16 (IH, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.72 (IH, d, J = 1.4 Hz).
Reference Example 5 Synthesis of [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -l-methyl-9H-carbazol-3- yl] methanol
A THF solution containing 0.60 g (1.42 mmol) of ethyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -l-methyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate was cooled with ice, 108 mg (2.84 mmol) of lithium aluminum hydride was added thereto, and the resultant mixture was then stirred at room temperature for one .hqur. A sodium sulfate decahydrate was added to the thus-obtained reactant, followed by stirring for one hour. After filtering out insoluble matter, the filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving white powder [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1- methyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl]methanol (quantitative yield) .
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 2.62 (3H, s) , 4.82 (2H, s) , 5.71 (2H, s), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.20-7.50 (5H, m) , 8.04 (IH, s), 8.10 (IH, J = 8.3 Hz).
Reference Example 6
Synthesis of 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -l-methyl-9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde
To a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution (3 ml) containing 0.50 g (1.31 mmol) of [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1-methyl- 9H-carbazol-3-yl]methanol was added 0.37 g (2.05 mmol) of o- iodoxybenzoic acid, followed by stirring at room temperature for two hours. After adding water and ethyl acetate, the insoluble matter was filtered out from the reaction solution and the filtrate was separated therefrom. The resultant organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate followed by concentration to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 0.38 g (yield: 76%) of white powder 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -l-methyl-gH-carbazole-S-carbaldehyde. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 2.69 (3H, s) , 5.76 (2H, s) ,
6.88 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.25-7.52 (5H, m) , 7.72 (IH, s) , 8.17 (IH, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.51 (IH, s) , 10.07 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 7 Synthesis of methyl 4-o-tolylamino benzoate
To 150 ml of toluene were added 12.5 g (82.7 mmol) of methyl 4-aminobenzoate, 15.6 g (91.0 mmol) of 2- bromotoluene, 1.03 g (1.65 mmol) of RAC-2,2'- bis (diphenylphosphino) -1, 1' -binaphthyl (RAC-BINAP), 0.37 g (1.65 mmol) of palladium (II) acetate, and 53.9 g (165 mmol) of cesium carbonate. After stirring the mixture at 100°C for 4 hours and cooling it to room temperature, insoluble matter was filtered out therefrom. The filtrate was washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Subsequently, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n- hexane : ethyl acetate = 10 : 1 to 5 : 1) . The thus-obtained purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, giving 0.93 g (yield: 99%) of methyl 4-o-tolylamino benzoate in a form of pale yellow oily matter.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 2.25 (3H, s) , 3.88 (3H, s) , 5.69 (IH, bs), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.09 (IH, dd, J = 7.4 Hz, J = 1.3 Hz), 7.15-7.30 (3H, m) , 7.89 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz) .
Reference Example 8 Synthesis of methyl 8-methyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate
To an acetic acid solution (40 ml) containing 4.0 g (16.6 iranol) of methyl 4-o-tolylamino benzoate was added 4.84 g (21.6 mmol) of palladium (II) acetate, followed by stirring at 1000C for two hours. The thus-obtained reactant was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Subsequently, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 8 : 1 to 5 : 1) . The resultant purified material was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 0.92 g (yield: 23%) of white powder methyl 8-methyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δppm : 2.57 (3H, s) , 3.89 (3H, s) , 7.14 (IH, dd, J = 7.4 Hz, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.26 (IH, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.57 (IH, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.02 (IH, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz), 8.07 (IH, d, J = 7.4 Hz), 8.77 (IH, d, J = 1.7 Hz) , 11.6 (IH, bs) .
Reference Example 9 Synthesis of methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -8-methyl-9H-carbazole- 3-carboxylate
Using methyl 8-methyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate and 4-bromobenzylbromide as starting compounds, methyl 9- (4- bromobenzyl) -8-methyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 3.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 2.62 (3H, s) , 3.97 (3H, s) , 5.73 (2H, s), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.19-7.25 (2H, m) , 7.39 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 8.03-8.12 (2H, m) , 8.83 (IH, d, J = 1.4 Hz) .
Reference Example 10
Synthesis of [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -δ-methyl-ΘH-carbazol-S- yl] methanol
Using methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -8-methyl-9H- carbazole-3-carboxylate as a starting compound, [9- (4- bromobenzyl) -δ-methyl-gH-carbazol-S-yl] methanol was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 5.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 2.64 (3H, s) , 4.85 (2H, s) , 5.72 (2H, s), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.19-7.30 (3H, m) , 7.35-7.43 (3H, m) , 7.95 (IH, dd, J = 1.5 Hz, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.96-8.00 (IH, m) , 8.06 (IH, d, J = 1.2 Hz).
Reference Example 11 Synthesis of 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -δ-methyl-gH-carbazole-S- carbaldehyde
Using [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -δ-methyl-gH-carbazol-S- yl]methanol as a starting compound, 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -8- methyl-9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 6. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 2.64 (3H, s) , 5.76 (2H, s) ,
6.88 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.19-7.30 (3H, m) , 7.33 (IH, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.35-7.43 (2H, m) , 7.95 (IH, dd, J = 1.5 Hz, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.03-8.11 (IH, m) , 8.63 (IH, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 10.10 (IH, s) . Reference Example 12
Synthesis of 9- ( β-chloropyridin-S-ylmethyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde
Using 9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde and 6- chloropyridin-3-ylmethylchloride as starting compounds, 9- (6- chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 3.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 5.56 (2H, s), 7.20 (IH, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.26-7.29 (IH, m) , 7.35-7.39 (2H, m) , 7.43 (IH, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.51-7.54 (IH, m) , 8.01 (IH, dd, J1 = 1.5 Hz, J2 = 8.5 Hz), 8.20 (IH, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.38 (IH, d, J = 2.2 Hz), 8.66 (IH, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 10.12 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 13 Synthesis of [9- (6-chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -8-methyl-9H- carbazol-3-yl] methanol
1.0 g (3.12 πunol) of 9- (6-chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) - 9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde was dissolved in 20 ml of THF and 2 ml of water, and 59 mg (1.56 mmol) of sodium borohydride and 4 ml of water were added to the thus-obtained solution while cooling with ice, followed by stirring at room temperature for one hour. Acetic acid (0.36 ml) was added to the thus-obtained reactant while cooling with ice and then stirred for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the thus-obtained reactant, and then separated. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried organic layer was subjected to filtration and concentrated under reduced pressure, giving 1.08 g of pale yellow amorphous solid [9- (6- chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -8-methyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl] methanol .
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 4.87 (2H, s) , 5.51 (2H, s) ,
7.15 (IH, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.20-7.40 (4H, m) , 7.45-7.55 (2H, m) , 8.10 - 8.20 (2H, m) , 8.30-8.40 (IH, m) . Reference Example 14
Synthesis of 9- (β-chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -3- (tetrahydropyran-2-yloxymethyl) -9H-carbazole
To 20 ml of dichloromethane were added 1.08 g (3.12 itimol) of [9- (β-chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -8-methyl-9H- carbazol-3-yl]methanol, 0.157 g (0.62 mmol) of pyridinium p- toluenesulfonate and 0.34 ml (3.7 mmol) of 3, 4-dihydro-2H- pyran. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was washed with a saturated agueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate and saturated brine, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 5 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, giving 1.18 g (yield: 93%) of 9- (6-chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -3- (tetrahydropyran-2- yloxymethyl) -9H-carbazole as yellow oily matter.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.50-2.00 (6H, m) , 3.55-3.65 (IH, in), 3.95-4.10 (IH, m) , 4.47 (IH, d, J = 11.5 Hz), 4.75- 4.85 (IH, m) , 4.96 (IH, d, J = 11.5 Hz), 5.50 (2H, s) , 7.05- 7.55 (7H, m) , 8.05-8.20 (2H, m) , 8.37 (IH, d, J = 7.4 Hz).
Reference Example 15
Synthesis of 9- (3, 4, 5, 6-tetrahydro-2H- [1, 2' ]bipyridin-5' - ylmethyl) -3- (tetrahydropyran-2-yloxymethyl) -9H-carbazole To 11 ml of toluene were added 0.55 g (1.35 mmol) of
9- (6-chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -3- (tetrahydropyran-2- yloxymethyl) -9H-carbazole, 0.20 ml (2.03 mmol) of piperidine, 15.2 mg (0.068 mmol) of palladium (II) acetate, 23.6 mg (0.081 mmol) of tri-tert-butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate and 0.20 g (2.1 mmol) of sodium t-butoxide. After stirring at 1000C for three hours, the resultant reactant was cooled to room temperature, and then insoluble matter was filtered out therefrom. The filtered solid material was washed with ethyl acetate. The resultant liquid was combined with the filtrate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2.5 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, giving 0.32 g (yield: 52%) of 9-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[l,2' ] bipyridin-5' - ylmethyl) -3- (tetrahydropyran-2-yloxymethyl) -9H-carbazole in the form of yellow oily matter.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.40-1.95 (12H, m) , 3.30-3.65 (5H, m) , 3.95-4.10 (IH, m) , 4.67 (IH, d, J = 11.4 Hz), 4.75- 4.85 (IH, m) , 4.95 (IH, d, J = 11.4 Hz), 5.36 (2H, s) , 6.47 (IH, d, J = 9.9 Hz), 7.10-7.60 (6H, m) , 8.05-8.20 (3H, m) .
Reference Example 16
Synthesis of 9- (3, 4, 5, 6-tetrahydro-2H- [1, 2' ] bipyridin-5' - ylmethyl) -9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde To an ethanol solution (6 ml) containing 0.32 g
(0.72 mmol) of 9- (3, 4, 5, 6-tetrahydro-2H- [1, 2' ] bipyridin-5' - ylmethyl) -3- (tetrahydropyran-2-yloxymethyl) -9H-carbazole were added 134 mg (0.70 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate and 5 ml of water. The mixture was stirred at 600C for 2.5 hours, and refluxed under heating for one hour. The thus-obtained reactant was cooled to room temperature and then neutralized by adding sodium hydrogencarbonate. Subsequently, the resultant neutralized substance was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with water and saturated brine, followed by concentration under reduced pressure. The residue was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1 to 2 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was dissolved in 4 ml of DMSO. To the thus-obtained solution was added 122 mg (0.44 mmol) of o- iodoxybenzoic acid, followed by stirring at room temperature for 13 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the thus-obtained reaction mixture and then ' separated. Subsequently, the resultant organic layer was washed with water (twice) and saturated brine .»;. (once) , dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure, giving 125 mg (yield: 48%) of 9- (3, 4,5,6- tetrahydro-2H- [1,2'] bipyridin-5' -ylmethyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde in the form of yellow oily matter.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.50-1.70 (5H, m) , 3.40-3.55 (4H, m) , 5.43 (2H, s) , 6.49 (IH, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.15-7.25 (IH, m) , 7.30-7.40 (IH, m) , 7.45-7.55 (3H, m) , 7.95-8.05 (IH, m) , 8.15- 8.25 (2H, m) , 9.07 (IH, s) , 10.10 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 17
Synthesis of 9- (6-thiophen-3-ylpyridin-3-ylmethyl) -9H- carbazole-3-carbaldehyde
To 24 ml of dimethoxyethane were added 1.2 g (3.7 mmol) of 9- (6-chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde and 0.43 g (0.37 mmol) of tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium. The mixture was stirred under an argon atmosphere at room temperature for 5 minutes. After adding 0.62 g (4.9 mmol) of 3-thiophene boron acid and 7.5 ml of 2M-aqueous sodium carbonate solution, the mixture was refluxed under heating in an argon atmosphere for 4 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. After adding ethyl acetate to the reaction mixture, the res.ultant mixture was washed with water twice and saturated brine once, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The thus-obtained dry substance was subjected to filtration and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1) and then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 1.26 g (yield: 91%) of yellow powder 9- (6- thiophen-3-ylpyridin-3-ylmethyl) -9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde .
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 5.82 (2H, s) , 7.35 (IH, t, J =
7.6 Hz) , 7.54-7.57 (2H, m) , 7.60 (IH, dd, J1 = 2.9 Hz, J2 =
5.1 Hz) , 7.66 (IH, dd, Ji = 1.1 Hz, J2 = 5.1 Hz) , '7.75 (IH, d, J = 8.2 Hz) , 7.83 (IH, d, J = 8.2 Hz) , 7.95 (IH, d, J = 8.6 Hz) , 8.02 (IH, dd, Ji = 1.5 Hz, J2 = 8.6. Hz) , 8.09 (IH, dd, Jx = 1.1 Hz, J2 = 2.9 Hz) , 8.34 (IH, d, J = 7.6 Hz) , 8.56 (IH, d, J = 1.5 Hz) , 8.81 (IH, s) , 10.08 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 18
Synthesis of methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -8-methoxy-9H-carbazole- 3-carboxylate
Using methyl 8-methoxy-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate and 4-bromobenzylbromide as starting compounds, methyl 9- (4- bromobenzyl) -8-methoxy-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 3.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.88 (3H, s) , 3.96 (3H, s) , 5.83 (2H, s), 6.94-7.00 (3H, m) , 7.18-7.38 (4H, m) , 7.77 (IH, dd, J = 7.8 Hz, J = 0.6 Hz), 8.10 (IH, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, J = 1.6 Hz), 8.81 (IH, d, J = 1.5 Hz).
Reference Example 19
Synthesis of [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -8-methoxy-9H-carbazol-3- yl] methanol Using methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -8-methoxy-9H- carbazole-3-carboxylate as a starting compound, [9- (4- bromobenzyl) -8-methoxy-9H-carbazol-3-yl]methanol was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference -Example 5.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.88 (3H, s) , 4.84 (2H, s) , 5.81 (2H, s), 6.91-6.99 (3H, m) , 7.13-7.41 (5H, m) , 7.72 (IH, dd, J = 7.8 Hz, J = 0.7 Hz) , 8.08 (IH, d, J = 0.8 Hz) .
Reference Example 20
Synthesis of 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -8-methoxy-9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde
Using [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -δ-methoxy-ΘH-carbazol-S- yl]methanol as a starting compound, 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -8- methoxy-9H-carbazol-3-carbaldehyde was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 6. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.90 (3H, s) , 5.85 (2H, s) , 6.94-7.02 (3H, m) , 7.20-7.30 (IH, m) , 7f-;35-7.40 (3H, m) , 7.78 v
(IH, dd, J = 0.9 Hz, J = 7.9 Hz) , 7.95 (IH, dd, J = 1.6 Hz, J = 8.6 Hz) , 8.56-8.62 (IH, m) , 10.08 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 21
Synthesis of ethyl 3-methyl-4-o-tolylamino benzoate
Using ethyl 4-amino-3-methyl-benzoate and 2- bromotoluene as starting compounds, ethyl 3-methyl-4-o- tolylamino benzoate was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 7.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.36 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.23
(3H, s), 2.31 (3H, s) , 4.32 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.47 (IH, bs), 6.73 (IH, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.05-7.11 (IH, m) , 7.19-7.28
(3H, m) , 7.74 (IH, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.85 (IH, d, J = 1.4 Hz) .
Reference Example 22 Synthesis of ethyl 1, 8-dimethyl-9H-carbazol-3-carboxylate
Using ethyl 3-methyl-4-o-tolylamino benzoate as a starting compound, ethyl 1, 8-dimethyl-9H-carbazole-3- carboxylate was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 8.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.45 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.60 (3H, s), 2.61 (3H, s) , 4.43 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.17-7.28 (2H, m) , 7.94-8.01 (2H, m) , 8.66 (IH, t, J = 0.7 Hz).
Reference Example 23
Synthesis of ethyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethyl-9H- carbazole-3-carboxylate Using ethyl 1, 8-dimethyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate and 4-bromobenzylbromide as starting compounds, ethyl 9- (4- bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethyl-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 3.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.44 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.57 (3H, s), 2.60 (3H, s) , 4.42 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.94 (IH, bs), 6.83 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 1.11-7.2$ (2H, m) , 7.40 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.84 (IH, d, J = 0.7 Hz), 8*.04 (IH, dd, J = 7.1 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz) , 8.68 (IH, d, J = 1.4 Hz) .
Reference Example 24
Synthesis of [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethyl-9H-carbazol-3- yl] methanol
Using ethyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethyl-9H- carbazole-3-carboxylate as a starting compound, [9- (4- bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl]methanol was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 5.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.63 (IH, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 2.57 (6H, s), 4.81 (2H, d, J = 5.8 Hz), 5.93 (2H, s) , 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.13-7.15 (3H, m) , 7.39 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.97 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 25
Synthesis of 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethyl-9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde Using [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethyl-9H-carbazol-3- yl]methanol as a starting compound, 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8- dimethyl-9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 6.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 2.58 (3H, s) , 2.63 (3H, s) , 5.97 (2H, s) , 6.80-6.90 (2H, m) , 7.15-7.30 (2H, m) , 7.37-7.47
(2H, m) , 7.68 (IH, s), 7.99-8.08 (IH, m) , 8.48 (IH, d, J =
1.4 Hz) , 10.06 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 26 Synthesis of methyl 3-methoxy-4-o-tolylamino benzoate
Using methyl 4-amino-3-methoxy-benzoate and 2- bromotoluene as starting compounds, methyl 3-methoxy-4-o- tolylamino benzoate was synthesized in the same manner as in
Reference Example 7. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.89 (6H, s) , 3.95 (3H, s) , 6.81-7.01 (3H, m) , 7.28 (IH, d, J = 8.4*Hz), 7.44 (IH, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.53 (IH, d, J = 1.7 Hz), 7.60 (IH, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz) .
Reference Example 27
Synthesis of methyl 1, 8-dimethoxy-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate
Using methyl 3-πιethoxy-4-o-tolylamino benzoate as a starting compound, methyl 1, 8-dimethoxy-9H-carbazole-3- carboxylate was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 8.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.97 (3H, s) , 4.01 (3H, s) , 4.05 (3H, s), 6.92 (IH, d, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.20 (IH, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.57 (IH, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.68 (IH, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 8.45 (IH, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 8.67 (IH, bs) .
Reference Example 28
Synthesis of methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethoxy-9H- carbazole-3-carboxylate
Using methyl 1, 8-dimethoxy-9H-carbazole-3- carboxylate and 4-bromobenzylbromide as starting compounds, methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethoxy-9H-carbazole-3~ carboxylate was prepared in the same manner as in Reference
Example 3.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.86 (3H, s) , 3.92 (3H, s) , 3.96 (3H, s) , 6.16 (2H, s) , 6.91 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.19 (IH, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.30 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.56 (IH, d, J = 1.3 Hz), 7.72 (IH, dd, J = 7.8 Hz, J = 0.6 Hz), 8.44 (IH, d, J = 1.4 Hz).
Reference Example 29
Synthesis of [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethoxy-9H-carbazol-3~ yl] methanol
Synthesis was conducted in the same manner as in
Reference Example 5 using methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8- dimethoxy-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate as a starting compound. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 1.65 (IH.^ t, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.88 (3H, s) , 4.81 (2H, d, J = 5.9 Hz), 6.13 (2H, s) , 6.86-6.93 (4H, m) , 7.13 (IH, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.28 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz) , 7.63-7.67 (2H, m) .
Reference Example 30
Synthesis of 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethoxy-9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde
Using [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8-dimethoxy-9H-carbazol- 3-yl] methanol as a starting compound, 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -1, 8- dimethoxy-9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde was synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 6.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.87 (3H, s) , 3.94 (3H, s) , 6.19 (2H, s), 6.87-6.96 (3H, m) , 7.18-7.26 (IH, m) , 7.43 (IH, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.72 (IH, dd, J = 0.8 Hz, J = 7.8 Hz), 8.18 (IH, d, J = 1.3 Hz), 10.03 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 31 Synthesis of 9- (4-methanesulfonylbenzyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde and 9- (4-methanesulfinylbenzyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde
A dichloromethane solution (20 ml) containing 0.9 g (2.9 mmol) of 9- (4-methylsulfanylbenzyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde was cooled with ice, 1.25 g (7.2 mmol) of m- chloroperbenzoic acid was added thereto, and the resultant mixture was stirred while cooling with ice for 30 minutes. After adding a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate, the thus-obtained reaction mixture was stirred, and then separated. The obtained dichloromethane layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated to dryness, giving 1.13 g (yield: 62%) of white powder 9- (4-methanesulfonyl benzyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde .
Melting point: 204.20C
The silica gel column was subjected to extraction with a solution containing dichloromethane and methanol in the ratio of dichloromethane : methanol = 5 : 1, and the obtained purified material was then concentrated to dryness, giving 0.53 g (yield: 31%) of white powder 9- (4- methanesulfinylbenzyl ) -9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde . Melting point: 177°C
Reference Example 32
Synthesis of 9- (4-ethylbenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde
Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 49 mg, 1.2 mmol) was suspended in 5 ml of THF. After adding 0.20 g (1.0 mmol) of 9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde to the thus-obtained suspension, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. Subsequently, 0.18 ml (1.1 mmol) of 4- ethylbenzenesulfonylchloride was added, and the thus-obtained mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added to the resultant reaction mixture, and then extraction with dichloromethane was conducted. The thus- obtained dichloromethane layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The resultant dry substance was subjected to filtration and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n- hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) . The resultant purified material was concentrated to dryness, giving 192 mg (yield: 52%) of white powder 9- (4-ethylbenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazole- 3-carbaldehyde . Melting point: 170.70C
Reference Example 33 Synthesis of 9- (6-morpholin-4-ylpyridin-3-ylmethyl) -9H- carbazole-3-carbaldehyde
To 15 ml of morpholine was added 1.5 g (4.7 iranol) of 9- (β-chloropyridin-3-ylmethyl) -ΘH-carbazole-S-carbaldehyde, followed by stirring under an argon atmosphere at 1000C for 6 hours and at 1200C for 16 hours. The thus-obtained reactant was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate and water were added to the residue, and then separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with saturated brine three times . The washed organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated, and the resultant residue was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1 to 1 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 1.24 g (yield: 63%) of pale yellow powder 9- (6-morpholin-4-ylpyridin-3-ylmethyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.44 (4H, t, J = 4.9 Hz), 3.77 (4H, t, J = 4.9 Hz), 5.30 (2H, s) , 6.50 (IH, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.24 (IH, dd, Ji = 2.5 Hz, J2 = 8.8 Hz), 7.30-7.37 (IH, m) , 7.45-7.55 (3H, m) , 7.99 (IH, dd, Ji = 1.5 Hz, J2 = 8.5 Hz), 8.16-8.18 (2H, m) , 8.63 (IH, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 10.10 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 34 Synthesis of 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -l-methoxy-9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde
A toluene solution (10 ml) containing a reagent prepared by using 1.1 ml (3.5 mmol) of sodium bis (2- methoxyethoxy) aluminium hydride (65% toluene solution) and 0.34 ml (3.9 mmol) of morpholine was added dropwise to a toluene solution (10 ml) containing 0.50 g (1.2 mmol) of methyl 9- (4-bromobenzyl) ~l-inethoxy-9H-carbazole-3-carboxylate, and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was stopped by adding water to the reaction mixture, and the thus-obtained reactant was subjected to extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 10 : 1 to 5 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 0.5 g (quantitative yield) of white powder 9- (4-bromobenzyl) -l-methoxy-9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde .
1H NMR (CDCl3) δppm : 3.97 (3H, s) , 5.86 (2H, s) , 6.99 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.29-7.52 (6H, m) , 8.14 (IH, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 8.24 (IH, d, J - 1.2 Hz), 10.06 (IH, s) .
Reference Example 35
Synthesis of 9- (4-pyridin-2-ylbenzyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde To 30 ml of toluene were added 1.5 g (4.1 mmol) of
9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde and 0.48 g (0.41 mmol) of tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) -palladium, and then added 1.82 g (4.9 mmol) of 2-tri-n-butylstannylpyridine dropwise. The thus-obtained mixture was refluxed under heating in a nitrogen atmosphere for 6 hours and then cooled to room temperature. After adding water and ethyl acetate, insoluble matter was filtered out from the reaction mixture. After conducting separation, the obtained organic layer was washed with water twice and saturated brine once, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The resultant dry substance was subjected to filtration and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane : methanol = 100 : 0 to 100 : 1) . The thus-obtained purified material was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 1.1 g (yield: 74%) of yellow powder 9- (4-pyridin-2-ylbenzyl) -9H- carbazole-3-carbaldehyde .
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δppm : 5.83 (2H, s) , 7.23-7.37 (4H, m) , 7.50-7.57 (IH, m) , 7.76 (IH, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.83-8.03 (6H, m) , 8.35 (IH, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.61-8.63 (IH, m) , 8.82 ( IH, d, J = 1 . 2 Hz ) , 10 . 08 ( IH, s ) . f;
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Reference Examples 31, 45 and 75 were synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 1.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Reference Examples 32, 34-41, 48-49, 71-74, and 77-85 were synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 3.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Reference Examples 33, 42-43 and 86-90 were synthesized in the same manner as in Reference Example 17.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Reference Examples 44, 46-47, 50-70 and 76 were obtained in the same manner as in Reference Example 32. Using a suitable starting compound, a compound of
Reference Example 91 was obtained in the same manner as in Reference Example 35.
Table 1
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000084_0002
Table 2
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000085_0002
Table 3
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000086_0002
Table 4
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000087_0002
Table 5
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000088_0002
Table 6
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000089_0002
Table 7
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000090_0002
Table 8
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000091_0002
Example 1 Synthesis of 5- (9-benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazol-2- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2 , 4-dione
To a toluene solution (15 ml) containing 1.0 g (3.0 mmol) of 9-benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazole-2-carbaldehyde and 0.38 g (3.3 mmol) of thiazolidine-2, 4-dione were added catalytic amounts of piperidine and acetic acid. The thus- obtained solution was refluxed under heating for 1.5 hours. After allowing the reaction mixture to cool to room temperature, insoluble matter was separated out and washed with toluene. The filtered out material was suspended in 100 ml of toluene. Subsequently, 1.13 g (4.5 mmol) of diethyl 1, 4-dihydro-2, 6-dimethyl-3, 5-pyridine-dicarboxylate and 1.5 g of silica gel were added to the thus-obtained suspension, followed by heat-reflux overnight. After distilling off the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) . Following recrystallization from an ethyl acetate-n-hexane mixture solvent, 0.91 g (yield: 70%) of, white powder 5- (9- benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazol-2-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was obtained. Melting point: 152.40C
Example 2
Synthesis of 5- [ 9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -3-methoxy-9H- carbazol-2-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2 , 4-dione
Catalytic amounts of piperidine and acetic acid were added to a toluene solution (3 ml) containing 0.11 g (0.28 mmol) of 9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -S-methoxy-ΘH-carbazole- 2-carbaldehyde and 34 mg (0.29 mmol) of thiazolidine-2, 4- dione. The thus-obtained solution was refluxed under heating for 2 hours and allowed to cool to room temperature. Toluene (15 ml), diethyl 1, 4-dihydro-2, 6-dimethyl-3, 5-pyridine- dicarboxylate (0.14 g, 0.36 mmol) and silica gel (0.2 g) were added to the reaction mixture, followed by heat-reflux overnight. After distilling off the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) . Following recrystallization from an ethyl acetate-n-hexane mixture solvent, 70 mg (yield: 70%) of white powder 5- [9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -3-methoxy-9H- carbazol-2-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was obtained. Melting point: 265.80C
Example 3
Synthesis of 5- {l- [9- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazol-3- yl]methylidene} thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
Catalytic amounts of piperidine and acetic acid were added to a toluene solution (15 ml) containing 0.30 g (1.0 mmol) of 9- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde and 0.13 g (0.29 mmol) of thiazolidine-2, 4-dione, followed by heat-reflux overnight. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. Insoluble matter was separated out, washed with toluene and dried, giving 0.37 g (yield: 92%) of yellow powder of 5- {l- [9- (2,2, 2-trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]methylidene} thiazolidine-2, 4-dione . Melting point: not lower than 3000C
Example 4
Synthesis of 5- (9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
0.30 g (0.77 mmol) of 5- { 1- [9- (2,2,2- trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]methylidene } thiazolidine- 2, 4-dione was suspended in 5 ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF). 1.2 ml of pyridine and 1.15 ml of 2M lithium borohydride THF solution were added to the suspension, and the resultant mixture was then refluxed under heating for 4 hours. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and poured in ice-hydrochloric acid (concentrated hydrochloric acid, 1.5 ml), and the reactant was extracted with dichloromethane . The thus-obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The resultant dry substance was subjected to filtration, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Subsequently, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1). The resultant purified material was concentrated to dryness, giving 0.16 g (yield: 77%) of pale yellow powder 5- (9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione. Melting point 228.30C
Example 5
Synthesis of 2-thioxo-5- {l- [9- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetyl) -9H- carbazol-3-yl]methylidene} thiazolidin-4-one
Catalytic amounts of piperidine and acetic acid were added to a toluene solution (30 ml) containing 1.02 g (3.5 mmol) of 9- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazole-3- carbaldehyde and 0.51 g (3.85 mmol) of rhodanine, followed by heat-reflux overnight. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. Insoluble matter was filtered out, washed with toluene, and then dried, giving 1.19 g (yield: 84%) of pale yellow powder 2-thioxo-5- U- [9- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]methylidene} thiazolidin-4-one.
Melting point: not lower than 3000C
Example 6 Synthesis of 2-thioxo-5- ( 9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidin- 4-one
1.0 g (2.5 mmol) of 2-thioxo-5- U- [9- (2, 2, 2- trifluoroacetyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]methylidene} thiazolidin-4- one was suspended in 10 ml of THF, and 6.0 ml of pyridine and 6.0 ml of 2M lithium borohydride THF solution were added to the suspension, followed by heat-reflux for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, poured in ice-hydrochloric acid (concentrated hydrochloric acid, 6 ml) , and subjected to extraction with dichloromethane. The resultant organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and then dried over magnesium sulfate.
After filtering the resultant dry substance, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1) . Subsequently, the purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was washed with dichloromethane and hot ethanol, giving 0.30 g (yield: 39%) of pale yellow powder 2-thioxo-5- (9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidin-4-one . Melting point: 244.1°C
Example 7
Synthesis of 5- (6-trityl-9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine- 2, 4-dione
In 30 ml of toluene were suspended 0.30 g (1.0 mmol) of 5- (9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione, 0.26 g (1.0 itimol) of triphenylmethanol and 5§; mg (0.30 iranol) of p- toluene sulfonic-acid monohydrate. The resultant suspension was refluxed under heating for 7 hours using a 100 ml reaction vessel equipped with Dean-Stark distillation apparatus. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, and sequentially washed with a sodium hydrogencarbonate aqueous solution, water, and saturated brine. The washed reaction mixture was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1) . Subsequently, the purified material was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, giving 0.47 g (yield: 86%) of white powder 5- (6-trityl-9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine- 2,4-dione.
Melting point: 166.40C
Example 8 Synthesis of 3-trityl-5- (6-trityl-9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
To a N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) solution (5 ml) containing 0.17 g (0.32 mmol) of 3-trityl-5- (6-trityl-9H- carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione were added 48 mg (0.35 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 98 mg (0.35 mmol) of trityl-chloride, and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. After diluting with ethyl acetate, the reaction mixture was sequentially washed with water, and saturated brine. The washed reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was subjected to recrystallization from an ethyl acetate-n-hexane mixture solvent, giving 0.23 g (yield: 92%) of white powder 3-trityl-5- ( 6-trityl-9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione . Melting point: 185.5 °C Example 9
Synthesis of 5- (9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) -3-trityl- thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
Using 5- (9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4- dione and trityl-chloride as starting compounds, 5-(9H- carbazol-3-ylmethyl) -3-trityl-thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 8. Melting point: 169.90C
Example 10
Synthesis of 5- (9-benzoyl-9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
In toluene (10 ml) was suspended 0.4 g (1.0 mmol) of 5- [1- (9-benzoyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)methylidene] thiazolidine- 2, 4-dione, and 0.38 g (1.5 mmol) of diethyl 1, 4-dihydro-2, 6- dimethyl-3, 5-pyridine-dicarboxylate and 0.4 g of silica gel were added to the thus-obtained suspension, followed by heat- reflux overnight. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent contained therein was distilled off under reduced pressure. Subsequently, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n- hexane : ethyl acetate = 3:1). The purified material was concentrated to dryness, giving 0.40 g (yield: 99%) of white powder 5- (9-benzoyl-9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4- dione.
Melting point: 175.50C
Example 11
Synthesis of 5- (9-benzoyl-9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) -2-thioxo- thiazolidin-4-one
In 40 ml of toluene was suspended 0.34 g (0.82 mmol) of 5- [1- (9-benzoyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)methylidene] -2-thioxo- thiazolidin-4-one. Diethyl 1, 4-dihydro-2, 6-dimethyl-3, 5- pyridine-dicarboxylate (0.31 g, 1.23 mmol) and1 silica gel (0.34 g) were added to the thus-obtained suspension, followed by heat-reflux overnight. The thus-obtained reaction mixture
••w was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent contained therein was then distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n- hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was recrystallized from an ethyl acetate-n-hexane mixture solvent, giving 0.19 g (yield: 56%) of yellow powder 5- (9-benzoyl-9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) -2-thioxo-thiazolidin-4- one.
Melting point: 208.30C
Example 12 Synthesis of 4- [3- (2, 4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl) carbazol- 9-ylmethyl] benzoic acid
2.08 g (4.7 mmol) of methyl 4-[3-(2,4- dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl) carbazol-9-ylmethyl]benzoate was dissolved in a mixed solvent of 30 ml of THF and 30 ml of ethanol, and 15 ml of lN-lithium hydroxide aqueous solution was added dropwise to the thus-obtained solution. The thus- obtained reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then neutralized with lN-hydrochloric acid. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and reactant was extracted with an ethyl acetate. The resultant organic layer was sequentially washed with water, and saturated brine. The washed organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane : methanol = 20 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to recrystallization from an ethyl acetate-n-hexane mixture solvent, giving 1.55 g (yield: 77%) of white powder 4- [3- (2, 4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl) carbazol-9-ylmethyl] benzoic acid. Melting point: 232.80C Example 13
Synthesis of 4- [3- (2, 4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl) carbazol- 9-ylmethyl] -N-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide To 5 ml of DMF were added 0.43 g (1.0 iranol) of 4-[3-
(2, 4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl) carbazol-9-ylmethyl] benzoic acid, 0.10 g (1.0 mmol) of 2-aminothiazole, 0.20 g (1.05 mmol) of 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (WSC) and 0.16 g (1.05 mmol) of 1- hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and at 400C for 3 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. After adding water to the thus- obtained reaction mixture, the reactant was extracted with ethyl acetate. The thus-obtained organic layer was sequentially washed with lN-hydrochloric acid, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate, water, and saturated brine. The washed organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from methanol, giving 0.28 g (yield: 55%) of white powder 4- [3- (2, 4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl) carbazol-9-ylmethyl] -N- thiazol-2-ylbenzamide . Melting point: 290.70C
Example 14 Synthesis of 5- [9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -3-methoxy-9H- carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
Using 9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -3-methoxy-9H- carbazol-4-carbaldehyde and thiazolidine-2, 4-dione as starting compounds, 5- [9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -3-methoxy- 9H-carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 2. Melting point: 181.3°C
Example 15 Synthesis of potassium salt of 5- [9- (4- chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazol-4-yimethyl] thiazolidine- 2, 4-dione
To a THF solution (30 ml) containing 1.0 g (2.12 itimol) of 5- [9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was added 0.24 g (2.12 mmol) of potassium t-butoxide, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, followed by addition of diethyl ether to the resultant residue. Insoluble matter generated was filtered out and dried, giving 1.13 g of a white powder potassium salt of 5- [9- (4- chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine- 2, 4-dione. Melting point: 272.2°C
Example 16
Synthesis of potassium salt of 5- (9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione Using 5- (9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione and potassium t-butoxide as starting compounds, the potassium salt of 5- (9-ethyl-9H- carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 15. Melting point: 212.2°C
Example 17
Synthesis of potassium salt of 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H- carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione Using 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H~carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione and potassium t-butoxide as starting compounds, the potassium salt of 5- [9- (4- bromobenzyl) -9H-carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 15. Melting point: 269.70C Example 18
Synthesis of sodium salt of 5- [9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) - 9H-carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione Using 5- [9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione and sodium t-butoxide as starting compounds, the sodium salt of 5- [9- (4- chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine- 2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 15.
Example 19
Synthesis of sodium salt of 5- (9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
Using 5- (9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione and sodium t-butoxide as starting compounds, the sodium salt of 5- (9-ethyl-9H- carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 15. Melting point: 276.8°C
Example 20
Synthesis of sodium salt of 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H-carbazol~ 4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
Using 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H-carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione and sodium t-butoxide as starting compounds, the sodium salt of 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) - 9H-carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 15. Melting point: 268.40C
Example 21
Synthesis of 1/2 calcium salt of 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H- carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
Using 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H-carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione and calcium methoxide as starting compounds, 1/2 sodium salt of .-5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) - 9H-carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 15. Melting point: 260.4°C
Example 22
Synthesis of 1/2 magnesium salt of 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H- carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
Using 5- [9- (4-bromobenzyl) -9H-carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione and magnesium ethoxide as starting compounds, 1/2 magnesium salt of 5- [9- (4- bromobenzyl) -9H-carbazol-4-ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 15. Melting point: 190.60C
Example 23
Synthesis of 5- [9- (4-aminobenzyl) -9H-carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2 , 4-dione hydrochloride 5- [9- (4-nitrobenzyl) -9H-carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione (0.47 g, 1.09 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate (10 ml) and ethanol (20 ml). Tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.98 g, 4.36 mmol) was added to the thus-obtained solution, followed by heat-reflux for 7 hours. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water and lN-hydrochloric acid were added to the residue, and the insoluble matter deposited was filtered out. The filtered out material was suspended in a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and THF, and the thus-obtained suspension was neutralized by adding triethylamine (1 mmol) . After concentrating the neutralized suspension under reduced pressure, the resultant residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1 to 2 : 3) . The purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, and 4N-hydrochloric acid/ethyl acetate was added to the resultant residue. The deposited; insoluble matter was filtered out and dried, giving 60 mg (yield: 14%) of white powder 5- [9- (4-aminobenzyl) -9H-carbazol-4- ylmethyl] thiazolidine-2, 4-dione hydrochloride. Melting point: 240.70C
Example 24
Synthesis of 5- [9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl] -2-thioxo-thiazolidin-4-one Catalytic amounts of piperidine and acetic acid were added to a toluene solution (20 ml) containing 1.56 g (4.2 mmol) of 9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazole-2- carbaldehyde and 0.62 g (4.6 mmol) of rhodanine, followed by heat-reflux for 2 hours. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and the resultant insoluble matter was filtered out and washed with toluene. Subsequently, the filtered out material was suspended in 150 ml of xylene. Diethyl 1, 4-dihydro-2, 6-dimethyl-3, 5-pyridine- dicarboxylate (1.60 g, 6.3 mmol) and silica gel (2.0 g) were added to the thus-obtained suspension, followed by heat- reflux overnight. After removing the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) . Following recrystallization from dichloromethane, 0.54 g (yield: 26%) of pale yellow powder 5- [9- (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl) -9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl] -2- thioxo-thiazolidin-4-one was obtained. Melting point: 215.30C
Example 25 Synthesis of 5- (9-benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) -2- thioxo-thiazolidin-4-one
Catalytic amounts of piperidine and acetic acid were added to a toluene solution (10 ml) containing 9- benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde (0.4O g, 1.2 mmol) and rhodanine (0.17 g, 1.31 mmol), followed by heat-reflux for 4 hours. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and the resultant insoluble matter was filtered out and washed with toluene. After suspending the filtered out material in THF (3 ml) , pyridine (1.7 ml) and 2M lithium borohydride THF solution (1.7 ml) were added to the suspension, followed by heat-reflux for 2 hours. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and poured in ice-hydrochloric acid. After extracting the reactant with dichloromethane, the resultant organic layer was sequentially washed with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The resultant dry substance was subjected to filtration, and the solvent contained therein was distilled out under reduced pressure. Subsequently, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) . After concentrating the purified material under reduced pressure, the residue was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and n- hexane, giving 0.24 g (yield: 45%) of white powder 5- (9- benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) -2-thioxo-thiazolidin- 4-one. Melting point: 216.2°C
Example 26 Synthesis of 5- ( 9-benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazol-3- ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione
Catalytic amounts of piperidine and acetic acid were added to a toluene solution (10 ml) containing 9- benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazole-3-carbaldehyde (0.37 g, 1.0 mmol) and thiazolidine-2, 4-dione (0.13 g, 1.1 mmol), followed by heat-reflux for 6 hours. The thus-obtained reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. Subsequently, the insoluble matter was filtered out and washed with toluene. The filtered out material was suspended in THF (3 ml) . To the thus-obtained suspension were added pyridine (1.2 ml) and 2M lithium borohydride THF solution £1.2 ml), followed by heat-reflux for 2.5 hours. ■ The thus-obtained reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and poured in ice-hydrochloric acid, and the reactant was extracted with dichloromethane. The resultant organic layer was sequentially washed with water and saturated brine, followed by distillation of the solvent under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n- hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) . The purified material was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and n- hexane, giving 134 mg (yield: 30%) of white powder 5- (9- benzenesulfonyl-9H-carbazol-3-ylmethyl) thiazolidine-2, 4-dione. Melting point: 227.20C
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Examples 62-68, 72, 86-96, 99-110, 112 and 118 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 1.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Examples 27-57 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 3.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Examples 58, 76 and 97-98 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 4. Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of
Examples 125-138 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 5.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Examples 146, 157 and 182 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 6.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Examples 61, 69-71, 73, 113-117, 119-124 and 139-145 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 10.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Examples 155-156, 177-181 and 183-185 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 11. .,=.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Example 74-75 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 13. Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of
Examples 148-154 and 159-176 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 24.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Examples 147 and 158 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 25.
Using suitable starting compounds, compounds of Examples 59-60, 77-85 and 111 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 26.
Table 9
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000105_0002
Table 10
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000106_0002
Table 11
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000107_0002
Table 12
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000108_0002
Table 13
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000109_0002
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000110_0002
Table 15
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000111_0002
Table 16
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000112_0002
Table 17
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000113_0002
Table 18
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000114_0002
Table 19
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000115_0002
Table 20
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000116_0002
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000117_0002
Table 22
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000118_0003
Table 23
Figure imgf000118_0002
Figure imgf000118_0004
Table 24
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000119_0003
Table 25
Figure imgf000119_0002
Figure imgf000119_0004
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000120_0002
Table 27
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000121_0003
Table 28
Figure imgf000121_0002
Figure imgf000121_0004
Table 29
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000122_0003
Table 30
Figure imgf000122_0002
Figure imgf000122_0004
Table 31
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000123_0002
Table 32
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000124_0002
Table 33/
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000125_0002
Test Example 1
Transcription promoting activity on human Trefoil Factor 2 (hTFF2) gene of test compounds was evaluated by means of an hTFF2 gene reporter assay.
(1) Preparation of hTFF2 gene reporter vector pGL3- hTFF2pro
DNA was extracted from HeLa cells (CCL-2, DAINIPPON PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD.) using a deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) extraction kit (DNeasy™ Tissue Kit, manufactured by QIAGEN) . The hTFF2 promoter region was amplified using the extracted DNA as a template by means of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The oligomers 5'-CACGCGTCAGACTGGCAACCCCCTGTC-S' and 5'-GAAGCTTCTAGCTCAGCTGCACCCCAG-S' were selected as PCR primers to be amplified, based on the report by Beck et al. (Beck S., Sommer P., Blin N., Gott P., 5' -flanking motifs control cell-specific expression of trefoil factor genes (TFF), Int. J. MoI. Med. 2(3), 353-361 (1998)). Platinum® Pfx DNA polymerase was used as DNA polymerase. The PCR was performed under the conditions of denaturing for 30 seconds at 95°C, annealing for 30 seconds at 55°C and extending for 75 seconds at 680C, and the procedures were repeated for 32 cycles .
The PCR products were separated and purified by 1 % agarose gel electrophoresis, and cloned to a pCR-Bluntll-TOPO vector attached to a cloning kit (Zero Blunt® TOPO® PCR Cloning Kit, manufactured by Invitrogen Corporation) . The produced plasmid pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro was introduced into E.coli for transformation (TOP 10 Ultracomp™ Cells, manufactured by Invitrogen Corporation) , and transformant strain pCR-Blunt- TFF2pro/TOP10 was selectively cultured in LB agar medium containing 30μg/ml of Zeocin (Zeocin, manufactured by Invitrogen Corporation) . The pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro/TOPlO was subjected to shaking culture in 50 ml of LB medium containing 30μg/ml of Zeocin at 370C over night, and a plasmid was prepared using a plasmid preparation kit (Concert™ High Purity Midiprep System, manufactured by GIBCO BRL) .
The nucleotide sequence of the PCR product cloned to the plasmid pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro was determined. The determined nucleotide sequence was compared with the counterpart of hTFF2 promoter region reported in a gene bank (GenBank accession AB038162) . The nucleotide sequence of the MIuI- HindIII region cloned in pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro was identical to GenBank accession AB038162 (Fig. 1) .
Fig. 1 shows in the upper register the nucleotide sequence and nucleotide numbering of the hTFF2 promoter region reported in GenBank (accession AB038162) . The lower register shows the nucleotide sequence (see appended Sequence Number 1 shown in Sequence Listing) of the PCR product cloned in the plasmid pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro. The underlined portions indicate the recognition sequence (ACGCGT) of the restriction enzyme MIuI and the recognition sequence (AAGCTT) of the restriction enzyme HindIII. The nucleotide sequences of the Mlul-Hindlll region are identical between the hTFF2 promoter region reported in GenBank (accession AB038162) and the PCR product cloned to the plasmid pCR-Blunt-TFF2pro. ATG enclosed in the box is the translation start codon and the arrow shows the transcription initiation site.
The plasmid pCR-Blunt-hTFF2pro was cleaved by the restriction enzymes MIuI and HindIII, fractionated by 1% agarose gel electrophoresis, and the hTFF2 promoter region was purified using a nucleic acid purification kit (Concert™ Matrix Gel Extraction System, manufactured by GIBCO BRL) . The hTFF2 promoter region was inserted into the Mlul-Hindlll region of a commercial plasmid pGL-Basic (manufactured by Promega Corporation) using a ligation kit (Ligation high, manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.) to produce pGL3-hTFF2pro. The plasmid pGL3-hTFF2pro was introduceύvinto E. coli for transformation (DH5α Competent Cell, manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.) and transformant strain pGL3-hTFF2pro/DH5α was selectively cultured in LB agar medium containing lOOμg/ml of ampicillin.
The pGL3-hTFF2pro/DH5α was inoculated into a 2-liter Erlenmeyer flask containing 400ml of LB medium containing lOOμg/ml ampicillin, and subjected to 200 rpm shaking culture at 37°C in a rotary shaker overnight. The plasmid pGL3- hTFF2pro was extracted and purified from the cultured cells using a plasmid preparation kit (EndoFree Plasmid Maxi Kit, manufactured by QIAGEN) .
A commercial vector, pWLneo (manufactured by Stratagene) , containing a drug-selection marker was introduced into E. coli for transformation (DH5α Competent Cell, manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.) and transformant strain pWLneo/DH5α was selectively cultured in LB agar medium containing lOOμg/ml of ampicillin. The pWLneo/DH5α was inoculated into a 1-liter Erlenmeyer flask containing 150ml of LB medium containing lOOμg/ml of ampicillin, and subjected to 200 rpm shaking culture at 37°C in a rotary shaker overnight. The plasmid pWLneo was extracted and purified from the cultured cells using a plasmid preparation kit (EndoFree Plasmid Maxi Kit, manufactured by QIAGEN) .
(2) Preparation of cell line pGL3-hTFF2pro-pWL-neo/MKN- 45 #6-2 for hTFF2 gene reporter assay Human gastric cancer cell line MKN-45 (JCRB0254, Health Science Research Resources Bank) was cultured in medium (IMDM medium) composed of 500 ml of medium (I^cpve's Modified Dulbecco' s Medium, manufactured by SIGMA) , 50 ml of fetal bovine serum (manufactured by SIGMA) immobilized by heating at 56°C for 30 minutes, 5 ml of Penicillin-Streptomycin liquid (manufactured by SIGMA) and 20 ml of 200 mM L-glutamin (manufactured by SIGMA) , using a culture dish having a diameter of 10 cm (CORNING Incorporated) placed in a 5% CO2 incubator at 37°C. The cells were washed with buffer (Dulbecco' s Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA) and subjected to trypsin (0.25% Tripsin-lmM EDTA- 4Na, manufactured by SIGMA) treatment for suspension. The cells were suspended in the IMDM medium, stained using Trypan Blue Stain, 0.4% (tradename, Invitrogen Corporation) and the number of cells which did not stain was counted as live cells using a hemocytometer . The cells were washed once with buffer (Dulbecco' s Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA) and 106 live cells were suspended in a solution for gene transfer (Q.25 M Mannitol/0.1 mM CaCl2/0.1 mM MgCl2/0.2 mM Tris-HCl, pH7.2 to 7.4) to which 10 μg of the prepared plasmid pGL3-hTFF2pro and 2 μg of the plasmid pWLneo were added. The plasmid-added cell suspension was transferred to a lmm cuvette (manufactured by Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.) and gene introduction into cells was performed by means of electroporation using an SSH-I cell fusion apparatus (Shimadzu Corporation) . The cells were suspended in the IMDM medium, inoculated in a culture dish having a diameter of 10 cm (CORNING Incorporated) and cultured in a 5% CO2 incubator at 37°C for 2 days. Selective culturing was then carried out using IMDM medium containing 400 μg/ml of Geneticin (manufactured by Invitrogen Corporation). 100 μl of the culture medium was then first inoculated into each well of a 96-well plate (manufactured by BD Falcσh,)^, and proliferated cells were sequentially subjected to passaged culturing in a 24-well plate (manufactured by BD Falcon) and further in a 6- well plate (manufactured by BD Falcon) to prepare pGL3- hTFF2pro-pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6 cells. The obtained pGL3- hTFF2pro'pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6 cells were suspended in IMDM medium containing 400 μg/ml of Geneticin, inoculated into a 96-well plate by means of limiting dilution for cloning to obtain single clone pGL3-hTFF2pro-pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6-2 cells. The pGL3-hTFF2pro-pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6-2 cells were proliferated in a 10 cm culture dish, harvested and cryopreserved.
(3) The hTFF2 genetic reporter assay using pGL3- hTFF2pro • pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6-2 cell line pGL3-hTFF2pro • pWL-neo/MKN-45 #6-2 was thawed from the frozen state for use. The cells were inoculated into IMDM medium containing 400 μg/ml of Geneticin in a 10 cm culture dish and sequentially passaged every 3 to 5 days. During the passage culturing, the cells were washed with buffer (Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA), and tripsin (0.25% Tripsin-lmM EDTA- 4Na, manufactured by SIGMA) was added to separate the cells by treatment for 5 minutes at 37°C. The cell suspension was collected by adding IMDM medium, and the cells were stained using Trypan Blue Stain, 0.4% (tradename, Invitrogen Corporation) and the number of cells which did not stain was counted as live cells using a hemocytometer . A cell survival rate of 90 % or higher was confirmed prior to the live cells being used for the hTFF2 genetic reporter assay.
A day before test compounds were added, 100 μl of the cell suspension containing about 7.5 x 4,,0^ cells was inoculated into each well of 96-well plates (manufactured by COSTAR) and cultured in a 5 % CO2 incubator at 37 0C. The test compounds were prepared to have a concentration 200 times the final measurement concentration with dimethylsulfoxide (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)- The test compounds having a predetermined concentration were respectively diluted 100 times with IMDM medium, and 100 μl of the diluted compounds was dispensed into wells of the 96- well plates. Demethylsulfoxide was diluted 100 times with
IMDM medium and added to those wells to which test compounds were not added. After the test compounds were added, the cells were cultured in a 5 % CO2 incubator at 37 0C for 24 hours. When the culturing was completed, the culture supernatant was removed and the 96-well plates were frozen in a deep freezer (manufactured by SANYO Electric Co., Ltd.). The 96-well plates were thawed at room temperature when the luciferase activity was measured, and 100 μl of PicaGene LT2.0 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) diluted two times with buffer (Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline, manufactured by SIGMA) was added to each well. The plates were allowed to stand at room temperature for at least 30 minutes and the luciferase activity was measured using a Labsystems Luminoskan (manufactured by ICN Biomedicals Inc.).
Taking the average measurement of the dimethylsulfoxide-added well groups in each plate as 100%, a percentage for each test compound to the demethylsulfoxide- added well groups (control %) was calculated.
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
In the above table, a TFF2 production promoting activity of 1000% or higher at a test compound concentration of 10"6 M is indicated as "++" and a TFF2 production promoting activity of 300% or higher at a test compound concentration of 10 N-"6D M as Wλλ+l //
The above results show that the concentration of compound of the present invention for showing 300 % or higher TFF2 production promoting activity is less than 10"5 M, and more preferably less than 10~6 M.
Test Example 2
Healing effects on rat models with acetic acid-induced gastric ulcers (1) Production of gastric ulcer by acetic acid
Rats were fasted from the previous day. A celiotomy was done in each rat under ether anesthesia, and the stomach was exteriorized. Subsequently, 20 μL of a 30 % acetic acid solution was injected into the submucosa at the junction of the body of the glandular stomach and the pyloric antrum using a disposable syringe to produce a gastric ulcer.
(2) Test compound administration Each test compound was suspended in a 0.5% carboxymethylcelullose (CMC) solution at concentrations of 0.75 or 2.5 mg/ml. The rats were orally administrated once a day for 8 days starting with the forth day from operation at doses of 3 or 10 mg/kg. A gastric tube and a syringe were used for the oral administration. The volumes of each test compound and vehicle (0.5% CMC) were 4 ml/kg. (3) Dissection
On the next day the vehicle and the test compound were finally administrated to the rats, the rats were sacrificed by exsanguination under anesthesia with ether, and each stomach was removed. The removed stomachs were fixed in 1 % formalin for 15 minutes, dissected along the greater curvature of stomach to expose the ulcer, and the ulcerated area was measured.
(4) Measurement of the ulcerated area
The ulcerated area was measured under a stereo microscope (10 x) with an ocular micrometer (1 mmVgrid) , and the percentage healing ratio was calculated. The test results were shown in the Table 35. The percentage healing ratio was calculated by the following formula.
Figure imgf000136_0001
Table 35
Figure imgf000136_0002
The Table 35 demonstrates that !Ϊ-the compounds of the present invention are effective in preventing and/or treating mucosal injury.

Claims

CLAIMS 1. A compound represented by formula (1)
Figure imgf000138_0001
or a salt thereof, wherein A is a direct bond, a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group;
X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; R1 is one of the following (1-1) to (1-21) :
(1-1) a hydrogen atom, (1-2) a lower alkyl group, (1-3) a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) , lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, - (B) iNR6R7 groups, a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups, 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group, 3- azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonylcarbonyl groups, piperidinyl lower alkyl groups, anilino lower aklyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one-÷ or two lower alkyl groups, phenylthio lower alkyl groups, indolinyl lower alkyl groups, piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, pyridyl groups, thienyl groups, lower alkylsulfinyl groups, lower alkylsulfonyl groups, and lower alkylthio groups,
(1-4) a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group,
(1-5) a phenoxy lower alkyl group,
(1-6) a naphthyl lower alkyl group, (1-7) a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group,
(1-8) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
(1-9) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
(1-10) a pyridyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; piperidinyl groups; a morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; phenylthio lower alkyl groups; biphenyl groups; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; lower alkoxy groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; anilino groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; and furyl groups, (1-11) a cyano lower alkyl group,
(1-12) a phenyl group,
(1-13) a quinolyl lower alkyl group,
(1-14) a lower alkoxy lower alkoxy-substituted lower alkyl group, (1-15) a hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl group, (1-16) a lower alkyl group substituted .,with one or more halogen atoms,
(1-17) a lower alkanoyloxy group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, (1-18) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms,
(1-19) a benzoyl group,
(1-20) a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups, (1-21) a naphthylsulfonyl group;
R2 is one of the following (2-2) to (2-6) :
(2-2) a lower alkoxy group,
(2-3) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups, (2-4) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(2-5) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(2-6) a hydroxy group; n is an integer from 0 to 7, provided that when n is no less than 2, n R2S may be the same or different; R3 is one of the following (3-1) to (3-6) :
(3-1) a hydrogen atom,
(3-2) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups,
(3-3) a hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl group, (3-4) a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group,
(3-5) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
(3-6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
B is a carbonyl group or an -NHCO- group; 1 is 0 or 1; and R6 and R7 each independently represent one of the following (4-1) to (4-6) :
(4-1) a hydrogen atom,
(4-2) a lower alkyl group,
(4-3) a lower alkanoyl group, (4-4) a phenyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; lower alkylthio groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups; pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups; piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; lower alkenyl groups; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group; carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups; phenyl lower alkoxy groups; and a cyano group,
(4-5) a cycloalkyl group optionally substituted on the cycloalkyl ring with one or more lower alkyl groups,
(4-6) a thiazolyl group.
2. The compound according to Claim 1 or a salt thereof, wherein A is a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group;
X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; R1 is the following (1-1), (1-2), (1-3), (1-4), (1- 6), (1-10), (1-13), (1-16), (1-17), (1-18), (1-19), (1-20), or (1-21) :
(1-1) a hydrogen atom, (1-2) a lower alkyl group,
(1-3) a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionaly substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) , lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, - (B) iNR6R7 groups, a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2-imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2-imidazoline ring with one or more lower alkylthio groups, 3-pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3-pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group, 3- azabicyclo [3.2.2]nonylcarbonyl groups, piperidinyl lower alkyl groups, anilino lower aklyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups, phenylthio lower alkyl groups, indolinyl lower alkyl groups, piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, pyridyl groups, thienyl groups, lower alkylsulfinyl groups, lower alkylsulfonyl groups, and lower alkylthio groups, (1-4) a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group, (1-6) a naphthyl lower alkyl group, (1-10) a pyridyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the pyridine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; piperidinyl groups; a morpholino group; piperazinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperazine ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and lower alkyl groups; thienyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridyl groups; piperidinyl lower alkyl groups; phenylthio lower alkyl groups; biphenyl groups; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; pyridylamino groups; pyridylcarbonylamino groups; lower alkoxy groups; anilino lower alkyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; anilino groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups; and furyl groups,
(1-13) a quinolyl lower alkyl group,
(1-16) a lower alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms,
(1-17) a lower alkanoyloxy group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms,
(1-18) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms,
(1-19) a benzoyl group,
(1-20) a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups,
(1-21) a naphthylsulfonyl group;
R2 is the following (2-2) or (2-3) :
(2-2) a lower alkoxy group,
(2-3) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups; n is an integer from 0 to 2, provided that when n is 2, n R2s may be the same or different;
R3 is the following (3-1) or (3-2) :
(3-1) a hydrogen atom, (3-2) a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more phenyl groups;
B is a carbonyl group or an -NHCO- group; 1 is 0 or 1; and
R5 and R7 each independently represent the following (4-1), (4-4), (4-5), or (4-6) : (4-1) a hydrogen atom,
(4-4) a phenyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms; lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; a phenoxy group; lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms; lower alkylthio groups; lower alkylsulfonyl groups; amino groups optionally substituted with one or two members selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups; pyrrolidinyl groups optionally substituted on the pyrrolidine ring with one or more oxo groups; piperidinyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups; lower alkenyl groups; an aminosulfonyl group; a hydroxy group; carbamoyl groups optionally substituted with one or more lower alkyl groups; -phenyl lower alkoxy groups; and a cyano group,
(4-5) a cycloalkyl group optionally substituted on the cycloalkyl ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, (4-6) a thiazolyl group.
3. The compound or a salt thereof according to Claim 1 having one of the following formula:
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein A, X, R1, R2, R3, and n are each the same as defined in Claim 1.
4. The compound or a salt thereof according to Claim 3, wherein A is a lower alkylene group, or a lower alkylidene group.
5. The compound or a salt thereof according to Claim 4, wherein X is an oxygen atom or an sulfur atom.
6. The compound or a salt thereof according to Claim 5, wherein R1 is (1-3) a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group (optionaly substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more phenyl groups) , lower alkyl groups, lower alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, -(B)iNR6R7 groups (wherein B,l, R6, and R7 are each the same as defined in Claim 1) , a nitro group, a carboxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, a cyano group, phenyl lower alkoxy groups, a phenoxy group, a piperidinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, amino lower alkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted with one or two cycloalkyl groups, 2- imidazolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 2- imidazoline ring with one or more lower-jalkylthio groups, 3- pyrrolinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the 3- pyrroline ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, thiazolidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the thiazolidine ring with a phenyl group, 3- azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonylcarbonyl groups, piperidinyl lower alkyl groups, anilino lower aklyl groups optionally substituted on the amino group with one or two lower alkyl groups, phenylthio lower alkyl groups, indolinyl lower alkyl groups, piperidinylcarbonyl groups optionally substituted on the piperidine ring with one or more lower alkyl groups, pyridyl groups, thienyl groups, lower alkylsulfinyl groups, lower alkylsulfonyl groups, and lower alkylthio groups, or (1-20) a phenylsulfonyl group optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one or more members selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, lower alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, lower alkoxy groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, and lower alkanoylamino groups.
7. The compound according to Claim 6, wherein n is 0.
8. The compound according to Claim 6, wherein R2 is lower alkoxy group and n is 1.
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising as an active ingredient the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Claim 1.
10. A prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for a disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect, comprising as an active ingredient the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Claim 1.
11. The prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent according to Claim 10, wherein the disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect is an alimentary tract disease, oral disease, upper respiratory tract disease, respiratory tract disease, eye disease, cancer, or wound.
12. A use of the compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Claim 1 for manufacturing a prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for a disorder on which an up-regulation of TFF has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect.
13. A method for preventing and/or treating a disorder on which TFF up-regulation has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of compound (1) or a salt thereof according to Claim 1.
14. The disorder on which TFF up-regulation has a prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect identified in either one of Claims 10 to 13 is drug-induced ulcers, peptic gastric ulcers, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's diseases, drug-induced enteritis, ischemic colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcers developed after endoscopic demucosation, acute gastritis, chronic gastritis, reflux esophagitis, esophageal ulcer,
Barrett esophagus, gastrointestinal mucositis, hemorrhoidal diseases, stomatitis, Sjoegren syndrome, xerostomia, rhinitis, pharyngitis, bronchial asthma, chronic obstructive lung diseases, dry eye, or keratoconjunctivitis.
15. A prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent for alimentary tract diseases, oral diseases, upper respiratory tract diseases, respiratory tract diseases, eye diseases, cancers, or wounds, the agent comprising a compound that induces the production of TFF.
16. TFF identified in either one of Claims 10 to 15 is TFF2.
PCT/JP2007/057016 2006-03-23 2007-03-23 Carbazole compound WO2007119600A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-080451 2006-03-23
JP2006080451 2006-03-23

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007119600A1 true WO2007119600A1 (en) 2007-10-25
WO2007119600A9 WO2007119600A9 (en) 2008-05-02

Family

ID=38171158

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/057016 WO2007119600A1 (en) 2006-03-23 2007-03-23 Carbazole compound

Country Status (3)

Country Link
AR (1) AR059969A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200800978A (en)
WO (1) WO2007119600A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2576536A2 (en) * 2010-06-01 2013-04-10 The University of Queensland Haematopoietic-prostaglandin d2 synthase inhibitors
CN107698579A (en) * 2017-11-23 2018-02-16 广东工业大学 A kind of carbazole derivates, its preparation method and the application in antitumor
CN111164087A (en) * 2017-06-05 2020-05-15 新加坡国立大学 Compounds useful for inhibition of human trefoil factor 3
AU2017359276B2 (en) * 2016-11-14 2022-02-17 Forschungsverbund Berlin E.V. Selective inhibitors of genotoxic stress-induced IKK/NF-κΒ pathways

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024079677A1 (en) * 2022-10-15 2024-04-18 Pillai Universal Llc Novel therapeutic molecule

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997040017A2 (en) * 1996-04-19 1997-10-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Modulators of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units
JPH11109547A (en) * 1997-10-03 1999-04-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat developable photosensitive material
WO2003027081A2 (en) * 2001-09-14 2003-04-03 Novo Nordisk A/S NOVEL LIGANDS FOR THE HisB10 Zn2+ SITES OF THE R-STATE INSULIN HEXAMER
JP2003264010A (en) * 2002-03-07 2003-09-19 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd Photoelectric transducer
WO2004056347A2 (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-07-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Pharmaceutical compositions comprising insulin and legends of insulin hexamer
EP1526159A1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2005-04-27 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Limited Organic dye, photoelectric transducing material, semiconductor electrode, and photoelectric transducing device
WO2006005683A1 (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-19 Novo Nordisk A/S Phamaceutical preparations comprising insulin

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997040017A2 (en) * 1996-04-19 1997-10-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Modulators of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units
JPH11109547A (en) * 1997-10-03 1999-04-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat developable photosensitive material
WO2003027081A2 (en) * 2001-09-14 2003-04-03 Novo Nordisk A/S NOVEL LIGANDS FOR THE HisB10 Zn2+ SITES OF THE R-STATE INSULIN HEXAMER
JP2003264010A (en) * 2002-03-07 2003-09-19 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd Photoelectric transducer
EP1526159A1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2005-04-27 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Limited Organic dye, photoelectric transducing material, semiconductor electrode, and photoelectric transducing device
WO2004056347A2 (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-07-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Pharmaceutical compositions comprising insulin and legends of insulin hexamer
WO2006005683A1 (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-19 Novo Nordisk A/S Phamaceutical preparations comprising insulin

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BABYATSKY, M. W. ET AL.: "Oral trefoil peptides protect against ethanol- and indomethacin-induced gastric injury in rats", GASTROENTEROLOGY, vol. 110, no. 2, February 1996 (1996-02-01), pages 489 - 497, XP002439814 *

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2576536A2 (en) * 2010-06-01 2013-04-10 The University of Queensland Haematopoietic-prostaglandin d2 synthase inhibitors
EP2576536A4 (en) * 2010-06-01 2013-12-04 Univ Queensland Haematopoietic-prostaglandin d2 synthase inhibitors
US9199976B2 (en) 2010-06-01 2015-12-01 The University Of Queensland Haematopoietic-prostaglandin D2 synthase inhibitors
AU2017359276B2 (en) * 2016-11-14 2022-02-17 Forschungsverbund Berlin E.V. Selective inhibitors of genotoxic stress-induced IKK/NF-κΒ pathways
CN111164087A (en) * 2017-06-05 2020-05-15 新加坡国立大学 Compounds useful for inhibition of human trefoil factor 3
EP3634966A4 (en) * 2017-06-05 2020-11-25 National University of Singapore Compounds useful in inhibiting human trefoil factor 3
US11141402B2 (en) 2017-06-05 2021-10-12 National University Of Singapore Compounds useful in inhibiting human trefoil factor 3
CN111164087B (en) * 2017-06-05 2023-04-04 新加坡国立大学 Compounds useful for inhibition of human trefoil factor 3
CN107698579A (en) * 2017-11-23 2018-02-16 广东工业大学 A kind of carbazole derivates, its preparation method and the application in antitumor
CN107698579B (en) * 2017-11-23 2019-11-08 广东工业大学 A kind of carbazole derivates, preparation method and the application in antitumor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2007119600A9 (en) 2008-05-02
AR059969A1 (en) 2008-05-14
TW200800978A (en) 2008-01-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2430920C2 (en) Carbostyril compound
CA2317589C (en) Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
KR101342184B1 (en) Tetrasubstituted pyridazine hedgehog pathway antagonists
CA2431406A1 (en) Quinazolinone derivatives
KR20170018100A (en) Inhibitors of lysine specific demethylase-1
KR20030031483A (en) Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
KR20080040042A (en) Sulfonamide compound
KR20120125226A (en) 4-substituted anilino-quinazoline derivatives useful as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
CN113330009B (en) Azacyclic compounds, preparation method and application thereof
US11731954B2 (en) Histone demethylase inhibitors
WO2023274251A1 (en) Polycyclic compound for inhibiting rna helicase dhx33, and application of compound
AU2009272033A1 (en) Nitrogenated heterocyclic compound
JP5191155B2 (en) Medicaments comprising carbostyril compounds
CN114929690B (en) Novel heterocyclic derivatives having cardiomyocyte proliferative activity for the treatment of heart disease
WO2007119600A1 (en) Carbazole compound
US20190194198A1 (en) Novel pyrazole derivative as alk5 inhibitor and uses thereof
JP2003506447A (en) Substituted pyridazines and condensed pyridazines with angiogenesis inhibitory activity
JP2009073766A (en) Medicine
JP2023542845A (en) Polycyclic compounds that inhibit RNA helicase DHX33 and their applications
CN114763360A (en) Chiral macrocyclic compounds as protein kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2021305445A1 (en) Triazole derivatives and their use as tankyrase inhibitors.
CN101489555A (en) Nf-kappa

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07740454

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009501107

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07740454

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1